Ziehm 8000,Vista,Compact - Service manual

Prévia do material em texto

Ziehm Vista
Ziehm Vista Plus
Ziehm 8000
Ziehm Compact
Service Manual
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Copyright
Copyright © 2010 Ziehm Imaging GmbH
All rights reserved.
Transmission or reproduction of this document, exploitation and 
disclosure of its contents to third persons is not permitted without 
express written consent of the manufacturer. Infringements shall 
entitle to damage claims.
Registered Trademarks
This document may contain the names of registered trademarks or 
brands, the use of which by third persons for their purposes may 
infringe the rights of their respective owners.
Quality Standards
This document was produced in accordance with a certified QM 
system as per DIN EN ISO 13485. It conforms to the requirements 
of Council Directive 93/42 EEC, Annex I, and other applicable 
norms. The information provided in this document may be updated 
at regular intervals. Subject to change without prior notice.
Manufactured by:
Ziehm Imaging GmbH
Donaustr. 31
90451 Nuremberg (Germany)
e-mail: info@ziehm-eu.com
http://www.ziehm.com
Rev. 09/03/2010
PrefaceWith the Ziehm Vista, Ziehm Vista Plus, Ziehm 8000 and the Ziehm Compact, Ziehm Imag-
ing GmbH provides an active medical device connected to the mains power supply. The 
above listed medical devices are non-contact devices. They do not require any contact with 
the patient to perform its intended use. They provide contactless energy in the form of X-
rays.
Ziehm Imaging GmbH authorizes only trained and skilled personnel to operate this medical 
device. The system is intended for use by health care professionals such as physicians, 
orthopedic surgeons, surgeons, radiologists and technologists in hospitals, outpatient clin-
ics and other clinical environments. Ziehm Imaging GmbH anticipates the system will be 
used on a nearly daily basis. Ziehm Imaging GmbH applications specialists and/or qualified 
site personnel provide on-site operator training in the proper use of the system.
Normal use
(Ziehm 8000)
The medical equipment is intended for fluoroscopies in the field of surgery, e.g. in 
traumatology, orthopedics, neurosurgery, urology, cardiology. Third-party devices and 
components used in combination with this system must comply with the safety 
requirements according to IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1-1 or furnish proof of an 
equivalent degree of safety.
To ensure CE conformity, these components must have a CE approval in accordance with 
Council Directive 93/42/EEC. In addition, a declaration in compliance with Article 12 of the 
said directive must be provided.
For components without CE approval, a conformity assessment procedure is obligatory.
Proper and safe operation of the system requires adequate transportation, storage, 
assembly and installation as well as appropriate use and maintenance.
The limit values indicated in the present document must not be exceeded; this applies also 
when putting the system into service.
The system is not suitable for interventional procedures acc. to IEC 60601-2-43.
Intended use (Ziehm 
Vista product family, 
Ziehm Compact)
The medical equipment is intended for fluoroscopies in the field of surgery, e.g. in trauma-
tology, orthopedics, neurology, urology, cardiology. Third-party devices and components 
used in combination with this system must comply with the safety requirements according 
to IEC 60601-1 and/or IEC 60601-1-1 or furnish proof of an equivalent degree of safety.
To ensure CE conformity, these components must have a CE approval in accordance with 
Council Directive 93/42/EEC. In addition, a declaration in compliance with Article 12 of the 
said directive must be provided.
For components without CE approval, a conformity assessment procedure is obligatory.
Proper and safe operation of the system requires adequate transportation, storage, assem-
bly and installation as well as appropriate use and maintenance.
The limiting values indicated in the present document must not be exceeded; this applies 
also when putting the system into service.
3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Operation The system may only be operated by personnel who has undergone radiological training.
Operation (U.S.A.) In the U.S.A., Federal law restricts use of this device to trained personnel on the order of a 
physician.
Ziehm Vista product 
family
The Ziehm Vista product family comprises the following models: Ziehm Vista (not available 
in the USA) and Ziehm Vista Plus (available only in the USA). Unless stated otherwise, all 
information given here for the Ziehm Vista also refers to the Ziehm Vista Plus.
Ziehm 8000 product 
family
The Ziehm 8000 product family comprises the following models: Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Com-
pact, Ziehm Compact Litho, Ziehm Exposcop 8000.
Ziehm Vista Workstation 
option
The PC Workstation is intended for viewing and postprocessing DICOM images with the 
“e-Film” program. In addition, any software can be installed and used on it under the sole 
responsibility of the user. The PC Workstation is not a functional part of the medical 
equipment and does not influence its functions in any way.
Authorized personnel Only authorized personnel are allowed to assemble and repair the medical equipment 
described in this document. Authorized personnel are persons who have attended an 
appropriate training course provided by the manufacturer.
Contraindications to the 
use of X-rays
The exposure of humans to ionizing radiation must always be medically justified. Especially 
when used on pregnant women, adolescents, children, and pediatric patients, all 
procedures using ionizing radiation should be used with caution or be avoided altogether. 
However, the final decision lies with the attending physician or attending surgeon.
Exclusion of liability The manufacturer accepts responsibility for the safety, reliability and performance of the 
system only if
− any installation, modification or repair work is carried out exclusively by persons autho-
rized by the manufacturer;
− the electrical installation of the site where the system is operated complies with the 
requirements of VDE 0107 or the corresponding national regulations of the country of 
installation;
− only original spare parts or components that comply with Ziehm Imaging’s specifica-
tions are used;
− the system is used in accordance with the Operating Instructions.
− Ziehm Vista Workstation option:
the PC hardware is an integrated part of the system and is not altered. The responsi-
bility for the installed software lies with the corresponding software suppliers.
The warranty becomes invalid in case that any repair, modification or installation work is 
carried out by unauthorized personnel, or any seals on components are broken. No conse-
quential damages will be accepted either.
The equipment conforms to Class IIb according to Council Directive 93/42/EEC.
This document has been written and reviewed originally in English.
4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
0 Classification Mobile Stand/
Monitor Cart
22
No Chapter Mobile Stand Monitor Cart
1 Warnings and Important Information ⊕ ⊕
2 General ⊕ ⊕
3 Mobile Stand Connections ⊕
4 Power Supply Mobile Stand ⊕
5 Module 2 ⊕
6 Module 3 ⊕
7 Image Intensifier ⊕
8 X-ray Generator ⊕
9 Vision Track ⊕
10 Keyboards Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart ⊕ ⊕
11 Monitor Cart General & Wiring ⊕
12 Video Documentation ⊕
13 Monitors ⊕
14 Power Supply Monitor Cart ⊕
15 Image Memory System ⊕
16 DICOM Configuration ⊕
17 DICOM Conformance Statement ⊕
18 Software Tools ⊕ ⊕
19 Adjustment Instructions ⊕ ⊕
20 Error Messages ⊕ ⊕
21 Active Cooling system ⊕
22 Maintenance Schedule ⊕ ⊕
23 Index
24 DIN A3 Drawings ⊕ ⊕
0-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
0 Classification Mobile Stand/Monitor Cart
0-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Table of Contents
0 Classification Mobile Stand/Monitor Cart 0-1Table of Contents i
1 Warnings and Important Information 1-1
1.1 Safety Instructions............................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Warnings .......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Required tests after service.............................................................................. 1-2
2 General 2-1
2.1 Mobile Stand System Overview ....................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Detailed Overview with U501 ........................................................................... 2-2
2.3 Detailed Overview with Module 3 ..................................................................... 2-3
2.4 Overview Ziehm 8000 Mobile Stand ................................................................ 2-4
2.5 Block Diagram with U501 ................................................................................. 2-5
2.6 Block Diagram with Module 3........................................................................... 2-6
2.7 Power Distribution Overview with U501 ........................................................... 2-7
2.8 Power Distribution Overview with Module 3 ..................................................... 2-8
2.9 Board Overview with U501............................................................................... 2-9
2.10 Board Overview with Module 3......................................................................... 2-10
2.11 Board Numbers ................................................................................................ 2-11
2.12 Numbers of CAN Modules with U501............................................................... 2-13
2.13 Numbers of CAN Modules with Module 3 ........................................................ 2-13
2.14 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with U501 ....................................... 2-14
2.15 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with Module 3................................. 2-15
2.16 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand.............................................................. 2-16
2.17 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand.............................................................. 2-17
2.18 Regulation Loops ............................................................................................. 2-18
2.19 Technical Data ................................................................................................. 2-19
2.19.1 Ziehm Vista and Ziehm Vista Workstation ........................................ 2-19
2.19.2 Ziehm Vista Plus (USA) .................................................................... 2-22
2.19.3 Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with 
adapter for lithotripter procedures ..................................................... 2-24
2.19.4 General technical data ...................................................................... 2-24
2.19.4.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V....... 2-26
2.19.4.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V....... 2-29
2.19.5 Power plug specification ................................................................... 2-31
2.19.5.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 120 V.............................. 2-31
2.19.5.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 230 V.............................. 2-31
2.19.6 Laser positioning device ................................................................... 2-32
2.19.7 Dose meter ....................................................................................... 2-33
2.19.7.1 VacuDAP ........................................................................... 2-33
2.19.7.2 VacuDAP 2002 .................................................................. 2-34
2.19.7.3 VacuDAP duo .................................................................... 2-35
2.19.8 Air kerma........................................................................................... 2-36
2.19.9 Focal spot position ............................................................................ 2-37
2.19.10 Dimensions ....................................................................................... 2-38
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
3 Mobile Stand Connections 3-1
3.1 XP0 Cable ........................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.1 Connectors ........................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.2 Wiring ................................................................................................ 3-2
3.2 C-Arm Wiring Diagram ..................................................................................... 3-3
3.3 CAN Connector ................................................................................................ 3-4
3.4 Grounds Overview............................................................................................ 3-5
3.5 Hand Switch & CAN Bus Interface Wiring ........................................................ 3-6
3.6 Foot Switch Wiring............................................................................................ 3-7
3.7 Four-Pedal Foot Switch .................................................................................... 3-8
3.8 Module 1........................................................................................................... 3-9
3.8.1 Main connector.................................................................................. 3-9
3.8.2 U333 connectors ............................................................................... 3-10
3.9 Module 2........................................................................................................... 3-16
3.9.1 Connector X60 .................................................................................. 3-16
3.9.2 Connector X81 .................................................................................. 3-16
3.9.3 Connector X62 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.4 Connector X83 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.5 Connector X84 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.6 Connectors X70, X71, X72, X73 ....................................................... 3-18
3.9.7 Connector X74 .................................................................................. 3-18
3.10 Module 3 / U501 ............................................................................................... 3-19
3.10.1 U180 connector X17 / U501 connector X17...................................... 3-19
3.10.2 U180 connector X9 / U501 connector X9.......................................... 3-19
3.10.3 U180 connector X5 ........................................................................... 3-19
3.10.4 U180 connector X12 / U501 connector X12...................................... 3-20
3.10.5 U321 connectors X7, X3 / U501 connectors X7, X3 ......................... 3-20
3.11 Module 4........................................................................................................... 3-21
3.11.1 Link connector C-arm – i.i. housing................................................... 3-21
3.11.2 U316 connector X9 ........................................................................... 3-22
3.11.3 U316 connector X11 ......................................................................... 3-22
3.12 Module 5........................................................................................................... 3-23
3.12.1 Signals and voltages on U185 generator filter .................................. 3-23
4 Power Supply 4-1
4.1 Trafoblech View................................................................................................ 4-1
4.2 Module 1 Assembly ..........................................................................................4-3
4.3 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 4-4
4.4 U333 Board versions ........................................................................................ 4-5
4.5 Wiring Diagram with U333f............................................................................... 4-6
4.6 Wiring Diagram with U333g.............................................................................. 4-7
4.7 Functional Diagram with U333f ........................................................................ 4-8
4.8 Functional Diagram with U333g ....................................................................... 4-9
4.9 Circuit Description ............................................................................................ 4-10
4.9.1 Power-up circuit................................................................................. 4-10
4.9.2 Output switching circuit ..................................................................... 4-11
4.9.3 Lifting motor control circuit ................................................................ 4-11
4.10 U333 ................................................................................................................. 4-13
4.10.1 U333f................................................................................................. 4-13
4.10.1.1 U333f board view ............................................................... 4-13
4.10.1.2 U333f board layout............................................................. 4-14
4.10.1.3 U333f schematic power ON/OFF....................................... 4-15
4.10.1.4 U333f schematic lift motor control...................................... 4-16
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4.10.1.5 U333f schematic power switching ..................................... 4-17
4.10.1.6 U333f schematic BG1 & BG2 ............................................ 4-18
4.10.2 U333g ............................................................................................... 4-19
4.10.2.1 U333g board view.............................................................. 4-19
4.10.2.2 U333g board layout ........................................................... 4-20
4.10.2.3 U333g schematic power ON/OFF...................................... 4-21
4.10.2.4 U333g schematic lift motor control .................................... 4-22
4.10.2.5 U333g schematic power switching .................................... 4-23
4.10.2.6 U333g schematic BG1 & BG2 ........................................... 4-24
4.10.3 U333 jumper settings ........................................................................ 4-25
4.11 U80 (Horn)........................................................................................................ 4-26
4.11.1 U80 schematic .................................................................................. 4-26
4.12 U468 (BG1) ...................................................................................................... 4-27
4.12.1 U468 layout ....................................................................................... 4-27
4.12.2 U468 schematic ................................................................................ 4-28
4.13 U437 (VacuDAP Connection)........................................................................... 4-29
4.13.1 U437 schematic ................................................................................ 4-29
4.13.2 U437 function.................................................................................... 4-29
4.14 U424 (BG2, Pump Switching) .......................................................................... 4-30
4.14.1 U424 schematic ................................................................................ 4-30
4.14.2 U424 function.................................................................................... 4-30
4.15 Module 1 Fuses................................................................................................ 4-31
4.15.1 Transformer fuses............................................................................. 4-31
4.15.2 Fuses on U333.................................................................................. 4-31
4.15.3 Fuses on chassis .............................................................................. 4-31
5 Module 2 5-1
5.1 Module 2 19" Rack Description ....................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 General ............................................................................................. 5-1
5.1.2 Module view ...................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Module 2 Overview........................................................................................... 5-2
5.3 Module 2 Inputs and Outputs ........................................................................... 5-3
5.4 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 5-4
5.4.1 U325 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-4
5.4.2 U325 functional description............................................................... 5-5
5.4.3 U326 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-6
5.4.4 U326 functional description............................................................... 5-7
5.4.5 U328 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-8
5.4.6 U328 functional description............................................................... 5-9
5.4.7 U334 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-10
5.4.8 U334 functional description............................................................... 5-11
5.5 U325 and U326 Front Panels........................................................................... 5-12
5.6 Exchange of boards ......................................................................................... 5-13
5.6.1 Exchange of U325 ............................................................................ 5-13
5.6.2 Exchange of U326 ............................................................................ 5-14
5.7 Hardware Radiation Logic ................................................................................ 5-16
5.8 U326 Schematic Diagrams............................................................................... 5-17
5.8.1 U326 schematics 1 ........................................................................... 5-17
5.8.2 U326 schematics 2 ........................................................................... 5-18
5.8.3 U326 schematics 3 ........................................................................... 5-19
5.8.4 U326 schematics 4 ........................................................................... 5-20
5.8.5 U325 schematics 1 ........................................................................... 5-21
5.8.6 U325 schematics 2 ........................................................................... 5-22
iiiZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
5.8.7 U325 schematics 3............................................................................ 5-23
5.8.8 U325 schematics 4............................................................................ 5-24
5.8.9 U325 schematics 5............................................................................ 5-25
5.8.10 U325 schematics 6............................................................................ 5-26
5.8.11 U325 schematics 7............................................................................ 5-27
5.9 U501 Video Processing Board ......................................................................... 5-28
5.9.1 U501 Block Diagram ......................................................................... 5-28
5.9.2 Connectors on thefront cover ........................................................... 5-29
5.9.3 LEDs on the front cover .................................................................... 5-29
6 Module 3 6-1
6.1 Module 3 Memory Unit .................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.1 General ............................................................................................. 6-1
6.1.2 Module 3 view ................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Module 3 Overview........................................................................................... 6-2
6.3 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 6-3
6.3.1 U180 block diagram .......................................................................... 6-3
6.3.2 U180 functional description ............................................................... 6-4
6.3.3 U321 block diagram .......................................................................... 6-5
6.3.4 U321 functional description ............................................................... 6-6
6.3.5 Module 3 wiring diagram ................................................................... 6-7
6.4 Exchange of Module 3...................................................................................... 6-8
7 Image Intensifier 7-1
7.1 Parts Location................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 7-2
7.2.1 Functional description ....................................................................... 7-3
7.3 I.I. power supply overview ................................................................................ 7-4
7.3.1 General ............................................................................................. 7-4
7.3.2 Main parts and their functions ........................................................... 7-4
7.4 Hardware description........................................................................................ 7-5
7.4.1 PCBs ................................................................................................. 7-5
7.4.2 U316 LEDs........................................................................................ 7-5
7.4.3 U316 connectors ............................................................................... 7-6
7.4.4 Connectors cascade ......................................................................... 7-6
7.4.4.1 Connectors cascade location............................................. 7-6
7.4.5 U316 schematics............................................................................... 7-7
7.4.5.1 U316 schematics part 1 ..................................................... 7-7
7.4.5.2 U316 schematics part 2 ..................................................... 7-8
7.5 Adjustments...................................................................................................... 7-9
7.5.1 Potentiometer location ...................................................................... 7-9
7.6 CCD Camera .................................................................................................... 7-9
7.6.1 General description ........................................................................... 7-10
7.6.2 Setting the CCD camera distance..................................................... 7-10
7.6.3 Scattered light lens............................................................................ 7-11
7.6.4 Changing the camera........................................................................ 7-12
7.6.4.1 Removing the camera........................................................ 7-12
7.6.5 Installing the CCD camera ................................................................ 7-13
7.6.6 Adjustment of the optical focus ......................................................... 7-14
7.6.7 Adjustment instruction for 23 cm and 30 cm tube ............................. 7-15
7.6.8 Size and resolution requirements...................................................... 7-16
7.6.8.1 Without patient equivalent filter.......................................... 7-16
7.6.8.2 With patient equivalent filter 25 mm Al............................... 7-16
iv Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator 8-1
8.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 8-2
8.2.1 Generator block diagram................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 Generator detailed block diagram..................................................... 8-3
8.3 Interface Generator – C-Arm Stand ................................................................. 8-4
8.4 Block Diagram Generator – Module 1 / Module 2 ............................................ 8-5
8.5 General PCBs .................................................................................................. 8-6
8.6 Checklist for the Generator .............................................................................. 8-7
8.6.1 U185 test point location .................................................................... 8-8
8.6.2 U185 schematics .............................................................................. 8-9
8.6.3 U185 board layout............................................................................. 8-10
8.7 Measuring kV and mA ...................................................................................... 8-11
8.8 Laser (option) ................................................................................................... 8-13
8.8.1 Generator with laser.......................................................................... 8-13
8.8.2 Image intensifier with laser................................................................ 8-14
8.8.3 Laser block diagram.......................................................................... 8-15
8.8.4 U160 laser control board................................................................... 8-16
9 Virtual Collimator 9-1
9.1 Virtual Collimator View ..................................................................................... 9-1
9.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 9-2
9.3 U517d............................................................................................................... 9-3
9.3.1 U517d location of connectors, switches and LEDs........................... 9-3
9.3.2 Switches............................................................................................ 9-3
9.3.2.1 DIP switch factory setting .................................................. 9-5
9.3.3 LEDs ................................................................................................. 9-5
9.3.4 Connectors........................................................................................ 9-6
9.4 Changing the Collimator................................................................................... 9-10
9.4.1 Part exchange................................................................................... 9-10
9.4.2 Mechanical centering ........................................................................ 9-10
9.4.3 Collimator size adjustment ................................................................ 9-11
9.4.4 Preview size adjustment ................................................................... 9-12
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart 10-1
10.1 Keyboard of Mobile Stand ................................................................................ 10-1
10.1.1 MST keyboard view...........................................................................10-1
10.1.2 U400 connections ............................................................................. 10-2
10.1.3 U400 block diagram .......................................................................... 10-3
10.2 Keyboard of Monitor Cart ................................................................................. 10-4
10.2.1 MC keyboard view............................................................................. 10-4
10.2.2 U370 connections ............................................................................. 10-5
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring 11-1
11.1 General............................................................................................................. 11-1
11.1.1 Monitor cart with 18.1" flatscreen monitors ....................................... 11-1
11.1.2 Monitor cart with 24’’ split screen monitor ......................................... 11-2
11.1.3 Monitor cart with 23’’ split screen monitor ......................................... 11-3
11.1.4 Monitor cart with CRT monitors......................................................... 11-4
11.2 Monitor Cart Wiring .......................................................................................... 11-5
11.2.1 Wiring of flatscreen monitors............................................................. 11-5
11.2.2 Wiring of flatscreen monitors and PC................................................ 11-6
11.2.3 Wiring of CRT monitors..................................................................... 11-7
vZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
11.2.4 Wiring of external X-ray indicator and remote (options) .................... 11-8
11.2.5 U385 wiring ....................................................................................... 11-9
11.3 Yellow RJ45 network cables............................................................................. 11-10
12 Video Documentation 12-1
12.1 UP 960.............................................................................................................. 12-1
12.1.1 Front view.......................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.2 Rear view .......................................................................................... 12-2
12.2 UP 980.............................................................................................................. 12-3
12.2.1 Front view.......................................................................................... 12-3
12.2.2 Rear view .......................................................................................... 12-4
12.2.3 UP 980 configuration......................................................................... 12-5
12.3 VCR .................................................................................................................. 12-6
12.3.1 VCR wiring standard ......................................................................... 12-6
12.3.2 U411 VCR interface .......................................................................... 12-7
13 Monitors 13-1
13.1 18.1" Flatscreen Monitors................................................................................. 13-1
13.1.1 Description ........................................................................................ 13-1
13.1.2 Technical data ................................................................................... 13-2
13.1.3 Switches............................................................................................ 13-2
13.1.4 Connectors ........................................................................................ 13-3
13.1.5 On-screen display ............................................................................. 13-4
13.1.5.1 Locking and unlocking the on-screen display .................... 13-4
13.1.5.2 Restoring the factory settings ............................................ 13-5
14 Power Supply 14-1
14.1 View of Power Supply....................................................................................... 14-1
14.2 General Description.......................................................................................... 14-2
14.3 Main Components of Power Module 10 ........................................................... 14-2
14.4 Module 10 Block Diagram ................................................................................ 14-4
14.5 Module 10 Power Distribution Wiring Diagram................................................. 14-5
14.5.1 Wiring with transformer 11090 (105 V – 240 V) ................................ 14-5
14.5.2 Wiring with transformer 11091 (200 V – 240 V) ................................ 14-6
14.6 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 14-7
14.6.1 Mains input ........................................................................................ 14-7
14.6.2 Insulated XP0 PCB outlet.................................................................. 14-7
14.6.3 Internal mains distribution ................................................................. 14-7
14.6.4 On/Off connections ........................................................................... 14-8
14.7 Fuses................................................................................................................ 14-9
14.8 U357 schematics .............................................................................................. 14-11
14.8.1 Power-on logic .................................................................................. 14-11
14.8.2 U357 schematic power distribution ................................................... 14-12
14.9 Module 10 Transformers .................................................................................. 14-13
14.9.1 Transformer 11090 105 V – 240 V.................................................... 14-13
14.9.2 Transformer 11091 200 V – 240 V.................................................... 14-14
14.9.3 Mains transformer thermo fuse ......................................................... 14-15
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k 15-1
15.1 Features ........................................................................................................... 15-1
15.2 Barebone Front view Step 1 ............................................................................. 15-3
15.3 Barebone Front view Step 2 ............................................................................. 15-4
15.4 Complete Front View Step 1............................................................................. 15-5
vi Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15.5 Complete Front View Step 2 ............................................................................ 15-6
15.6 Side View ......................................................................................................... 15-7
15.7 Barebone Inside View Step 1 ........................................................................... 15-8
15.8 Barebone Inside View Step 2 ........................................................................... 15-9
15.9 Complete Inside View Step 1 ........................................................................... 15-10
15.10 Complete Inside View Step 2 ........................................................................... 15-11
15.11 Image Memory Service Settings ...................................................................... 15-12
15.11.1 Overview ........................................................................................... 15-12
15.11.2 Service settings................................................................................. 15-12
15.11.3 Step windowing................................................................................. 15-13
15.11.4 Filter factors ...................................................................................... 15-15
15.11.4.1Filters for anatomical programs .........................................15-16
15.11.4.2Filters for subtraction modes ............................................. 15-19
15.11.4.3Filters for subtraction modes with CO2 .............................. 15-20
15.11.5 Windowing settings for subtraction modes........................................ 15-21
15.11.6 DICOM settings................................................................................. 15-22
15.11.7 System settings................................................................................. 15-22
15.11.8 Monitor calibration............................................................................. 15-25
15.11.9 HEDIS data ....................................................................................... 15-27
15.11.10 Software update ................................................................................ 15-29
15.12 Displaying Additional Information ..................................................................... 15-30
16 DICOM Configuration Manual 16-1
16.1 DICOM Overview ............................................................................................. 16-1
16.2 DICOM and Network Parameters..................................................................... 16-2
16.3 DICOM Configuration ....................................................................................... 16-4
16.3.1 Configuration of Storage and Storage Commitment ......................... 16-4
16.3.2 Configuration of Media Storage ........................................................ 16-6
16.3.3 Configuration of DICOM Query/Retrieve........................................... 16-8
16.3.4 Configuration of Worklist and MPPS................................................. 16-12
16.3.5 Configuration of the print servers ...................................................... 16-17
16.3.6 Test of the configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo)................. 16-21
17 DICOM Conformance Statement 17-1
18 Software Tools 18-1
18.1 Exposcop Studio .............................................................................................. 18-1
18.1.1 Connection between notebook and C-arm........................................ 18-1
18.1.1.1 Location of the service connectors .................................... 18-1
18.1.2 Starting Exposcop Studio.................................................................. 18-1
18.1.3 Exposcop Studio user interface ........................................................ 18-3
18.1.3.1 Main window ...................................................................... 18-3
18.1.3.2 Virtual keyboard................................................................. 18-4
18.1.3.3 Status line .......................................................................... 18-4
18.1.3.4 Workspace......................................................................... 18-5
18.1.4 Menu bar of Exposcop Studio software ............................................ 18-6
18.1.4.1 Exposcop ........................................................................... 18-6
18.1.4.2 “Workspace” ...................................................................... 18-8
18.1.4.3 “Settings” ........................................................................... 18-9
18.1.5 “General” tab..................................................................................... 18-10
18.1.6 “Adjustment” tab................................................................................ 18-11
18.1.7 “Generator” tab ................................................................................. 18-13
18.1.8 “Update” tab ...................................................................................... 18-14
viiZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
18.1.9 “Options” tab ..................................................................................... 18-16
18.1.9.1 Option bits.......................................................................... 18-16
18.1.9.2 Temperature mode setup................................................... 18-19
18.1.9.3 Hand and foot switch assignment ...................................... 18-20
18.1.10 “Startup Config” tab ........................................................................... 18-21
18.1.11 “kVmA Tab” tab ................................................................................. 18-22
18.1.12 “Errors” tab ........................................................................................ 18-23
18.1.13 “Times” tab ........................................................................................ 18-24
18.1.14 “DAP” tab .......................................................................................... 18-25
18.1.15 “CAN” tab .......................................................................................... 18-26
18.1.16 Installation directory .......................................................................... 18-27
18.1.17 Update procedure ............................................................................. 18-28
18.1.18 Offline mode...................................................................................... 18-29
18.1.18.1Floppy disks for software update ....................................... 18-30
18.1.18.2Options - switch assignment .............................................. 18-31
18.1.19 Problem correction ............................................................................ 18-32
18.2 Integrated Service Functions............................................................................ 18-33
18.2.1 General ............................................................................................. 18-33
18.2.2 Entering and exiting the Service mode.............................................. 18-33
18.2.3 Important keys................................................................................... 18-33
18.2.4 Service programs .............................................................................. 18-34
18.2.4.1 Program 0 (software version)............................................. 18-34
18.2.4.2 Program 1 (iris collimator size for format 24 cm) ............... 18-34
18.2.4.3 Program 2 (iris collimator size for format 30 cm) ............... 18-34
18.2.4.4 Program 3 (iris collimator size for 40 cm format) ............... 18-34
18.2.4.5 Program 4 (iris collimator size for i.i. format) ..................... 18-35
18.2.4.6 Program 5 (iris collimator size for magnification 1) ............ 18-35
18.2.4.7 Program 6 (iris collimator size for magnification 2) ............ 18-35
18.2.4.8 Program 7 (startup key adjustment)................................... 18-35
18.2.4.9 Program 8 (program the startup key adjustment) .............. 18-36
18.2.4.10Program 9 (adjust filter codes without magnifier)............... 18-37
18.2.4.11Program 10 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 1)............... 18-37
18.2.4.12Program 11 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 2)............... 18-37
18.2.4.13Program 12 (disable or enable radiography mode) ........... 18-38
18.2.4.14Program 13 (disable or enable autotransfer) ..................... 18-38
18.2.4.15Program 14 (show fluoroscopy program kV/mA curve) ..... 18-38
18.2.4.16Program 15 (show fluoroscopy program table CCD) ......... 18-38
18.2.4.17Program 16 (select crosshair Compact) ............................ 18-38
19 Adjustment Instructions 19-1
19.1 Dose & Video Adjustment................................................................................. 19-1
19.1.1 Dose Adjustment ............................................................................... 19-1
19.1.1.1 Dose adjustment parameters............................................. 19-1
19.1.1.2 Dose adjustment procedure............................................... 19-1
19.1.1.3 Special cases for dose adjustment .................................... 19-2
19.1.2 Video Adjustment .............................................................................. 19-3
19.1.2.1 Video adjustment parameters ............................................19-3
19.1.2.2 Video adjustment procedure .............................................. 19-3
19.1.3 Exposcop Studio Dialog for Dose Adjustment................................... 19-4
19.1.4 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000..................................... 19-6
19.1.5 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista Plus................................................... 19-7
19.1.6 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000....................................... 19-8
19.1.7 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista Plus ..................................................... 19-9
viii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19.1.8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 31/23cm............................ 19-10
19.1.9 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 17/15/11 cm...................... 19-11
19.1.10 Ziehm Vista Plus Organ Tables ........................................................ 19-12
19.2 Default Values .................................................................................................. 19-13
19.2.1 Measuring Circle Sizes ..................................................................... 19-13
19.2.2 Measuring Circle Sizes Vista Plus .................................................... 19-13
19.2.3 Monitor Cart Settings ........................................................................ 19-14
19.2.3.1 Step windowing levels ....................................................... 19-14
19.2.3.2 DSA windowing values ...................................................... 19-14
19.2.3.3 Filter factors non interlaced ............................................... 19-15
19.2.3.4 Filter factors interlaced ...................................................... 19-15
19.2.3.5 Filter factors Vista Plus ...................................................... 19-16
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding 20-1
20.1 General............................................................................................................. 20-1
20.2 Startup phase ................................................................................................... 20-1
20.2.1 WARNINGS ...................................................................................... 20-1
20.2.2 ERRORS........................................................................................... 20-1
20.3 Runtime ............................................................................................................ 20-1
20.3.1 WARNINGS ...................................................................................... 20-1
20.3.2 ERRORS........................................................................................... 20-1
20.4 List of ERRORS and WARNINGS.................................................................... 20-2
20.4.1 Module 2 ........................................................................................... 20-2
20.4.2 Module 15 ......................................................................................... 20-4
20.4.3 Module 3 / U501................................................................................ 20-5
20.4.4 Module 11 ......................................................................................... 20-6
20.5 Fuse List........................................................................................................... 20-7
20.5.1 Module 1 ........................................................................................... 20-7
20.5.2 Module 3 ........................................................................................... 20-10
20.5.3 Module 10 ......................................................................................... 20-10
20.6 Fault finding...................................................................................................... 20-11
20.6.1 Power faults ...................................................................................... 20-11
20.6.2 Module 2 errors ................................................................................. 20-12
20.6.3 Module 15 errors (virtual collimator and dose meter)........................ 20-15
20.6.4 Module 3 errors ................................................................................. 20-17
20.6.5 U501 errors ....................................................................................... 20-19
20.6.6 Module 11 errors (image memory).................................................... 20-21
20.6.7 Module 6 errors (keyboard)............................................................... 20-23
20.6.8 Radiation errors ................................................................................ 20-24
21 Active Cooling System 21-1
21.1 Active Cooling System ..................................................................................... 21-1
21.1.1 Initiation of the cooling system.......................................................... 21-1
21.1.1.1 General .............................................................................. 21-3
21.1.1.2 Starting the pump manually ............................................... 21-5
21.1.1.3 Filling the tank with coolant................................................ 21-6
21.1.1.4 Filling the pump with coolant ............................................. 21-7
21.1.1.5 Checking the circulation..................................................... 21-8
21.1.2 Draining the cooling system.............................................................. 21-9
ixZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
22 Maintenance Schedule 22-1
22.1 General requirements....................................................................................... 22-1
22.2 Electrics ............................................................................................................ 22-2
22.3 Mechanics ........................................................................................................ 22-4
Index I
x Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
1
Warnings and
Important Information
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
1.1 Safety Instructions............................................................................................ 1-1
1.2 Warnings .......................................................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Required tests after service.............................................................................. 1-2
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
1 Warnings and Important Information
1 Warnings and Important Infor-
mation
1.1 Safety Instructions
This manual does not constitute a complete catalog of all safety measures necessary for the oper-
ation of the respective medical equipment, since special operating conditions may require further 
measures. However, it does contain instructions which must be observed in order to ensure the 
personal safety of operating staff and patients as well as to avoid damage to property. These 
instructions are highlighted as follows:
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious 
injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.
NOTE
Notes are informative. Additional useful information and hints are provided for the 
operator here.
1-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
1 Warnings and Important Information
1.2 Warnings
1.3 Required tests after service
The following tests have to be performed after every service:
• Is the mechanics working properly?
• Are all cables (P0, mains and swivel cable) in good condition?
• Are the keyboards working properly?
• Is the printout of the video printerokay (if printer is available)? 
• Is the system working fine?
• Perform electrical safety check according to relevant national regulation of the country of 
installation
Possible discrepancies must be recorded in the service report.
WARNING
The monitor cart power module contains live voltage even when the unit is 
switched of from the C-arm or monitor cart keyboard or the emergency switch is 
pushed in. Be sure to disconnect the unit from the mains supply when performing 
service work to the unit.
WARNING
The generator power supply in module 1 contains a large storage capacitor that 
filters the line voltage. The capacitor may contain high voltage even after the unit 
is disconnected from the mains supply.
WARNING
Modules 1 (mobile stand power supply), 10 (monitor cart power supply) and 5 
(X-ray generator) contain dangerous voltages. During operation the voltages 
exceed 250 VDC.
WARNING
Parts of the C-arm may be contaminated infectiously. We strongly recommend to 
wear disposable vinyl gloves while doing service. 
1-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2
General
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
2.1 Mobile Stand System Overview ....................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Detailed Overview with U501 ........................................................................... 2-2
2.3 Detailed Overview with Module 3 ..................................................................... 2-3
2.4 Overview Ziehm 8000 Mobile Stand ................................................................ 2-4
2.5 Block Diagram with U501 ................................................................................. 2-5
2.6 Block Diagram with Module 3........................................................................... 2-6
2.7 Power Distribution Overview with U501 ........................................................... 2-7
2.8 Power Distribution Overview with Module 3 ..................................................... 2-8
2.9 Board Overview with U501............................................................................... 2-9
2.10 Board Overview with Module 3......................................................................... 2-10
2.11 Board Numbers ................................................................................................ 2-11
2.12 Numbers of CAN Modules with U501............................................................... 2-13
2.13 Numbers of CAN Modules with Module 3 ........................................................ 2-13
2.14 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with U501 ....................................... 2-14
2.15 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with Module 3................................. 2-15
2.16 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand.............................................................. 2-16
2.17 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand.............................................................. 2-17
2.18 Regulation Loops ............................................................................................. 2-18
2.19 Technical Data ................................................................................................. 2-19
2.19.1 Ziehm Vista and Ziehm Vista Workstation ........................................ 2-19
2.19.2 Ziehm Vista Plus (USA) .................................................................... 2-22
2.19.3Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with adapter 
for lithotripter procedures .................................................................. 2-24
2.19.4 General technical data ...................................................................... 2-24
2.19.4.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V....... 2-26
2.19.4.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V....... 2-29
2.19.5 Power plug specification ................................................................... 2-31
2.19.5.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 120 V.............................. 2-31
2.19.5.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 230 V.............................. 2-31
2.19.6 Laser positioning device ................................................................... 2-32
2.19.7 Dose meter ....................................................................................... 2-33
2.19.7.1 VacuDAP ........................................................................... 2-33
2.19.7.2 VacuDAP 2002 .................................................................. 2-34
2.19.7.3 VacuDAP duo .................................................................... 2-35
2.19.8 Air kerma........................................................................................... 2-36
2.19.9 Focal spot position ............................................................................ 2-37
2.19.10 Dimensions ....................................................................................... 2-38
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2 General
2.1 Mobile Stand System Overview
Fig. 2-1 Mobile stand system overview
2-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.2 Detailed Overview with U501
Fig. 2-2 Detailed Overview with U501
2-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.3 Detailed Overview with Module 3
Fig. 2-3 Detailed overview with Module 3
2-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.4 Overview Ziehm 8000 Mobile Stand
Fig. 2-4 Overview Ziehm 8000 Mobile Stand
Modules and parts inside the Ziehm 8000 mobile stand correlate to the drawings above.
2-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.5 Block Diagram with U501
Fig. 2-5 Mobile Stand block diagram with U501
2-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.6 Block Diagram with Module 3
Fig. 2-6 Mobile stand block diagram with Module 3
2-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.7 Power Distribution Overview with U501
Fig. 2-7 Power distribution overview with U501
2-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.8 Power Distribution Overview with Module 3
Fig. 2-8 Power distribution overview with Module3
2-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.9 Board Overview with U501
Fig. 2-9 Board overview with U501
2-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.10 Board Overview with Module 3
Fig. 2-10 Board overview with Module 3
2-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.11 Board Numbers
Module Board Description
1 Power Supply
U333 Power supply control
U80 Horn
2 Mobile Stand Control
U325 Mobile stand control
U326 Generator adaption
U327 Interface board
U328 Motherboard
U334 Power supply 
U501 Dose and Video control (option)
3 Memory Unit (missing if U501 is equipped)
U180 Memory unit control
U321 CCD processing
U306 Image memory (option)
U313 100Hz converter (option)
4 Image Intensifier
U316 Image intensifier power supply control
U317 Transformer board
U318 High voltage cascade
U160 Laser control & S-distortion correction (option)
5 Generator
U45 Generator interface board
U54 kV control
U43 mA control
U42 Pre-stage
U40 Power stage
U41 Motherboard
U185 Generator filter
2-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
6 Keyboard
U400 Keyboard mobile stand
9 Monitor Options
E891 Controller inside the VM4402 monitor
E890 VM 4402 chassis board
E889 VM 4402 CRT board
10 Power Supply Monitor Cart
U357 Power supply control
11 Digital Imaging System general
U385 Interface to mobile stand
Digital Imaging System V2 ½K Step 1
U359 Frame grabber
U816 Rotation/DSA/Display Board
Digital Imaging System V2 ½K Step 2
U544 Frame grabber
U616 Rotation/DSA/DisplayBoard
15 Vision Track
U517 Gen. Collimator Control
U608 Gen. Collimator Control (Z-Servos)
MC Monitor Cart
U406 Coax adapter for external video socket
U533 DICOM connection wall outlet (optionally)
Module Board Description
2-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.12 Numbers of CAN Modules with U501
2.13 Numbers of CAN Modules with Module 3
Module Name PCB/Module 
Number
CAN Node 
Number
CPU
Type
Module 2, CPU U325 3 LUCY
Module 2,
Dose and Video processing
U501 13 LUCY
Module 6, MS keyboard U400 8 LUCY
Module 15, Virtual Collimator U517c 10 HC08
Module 11, Image Memory U385 6 LUCY
Module Name PCB/Module 
Number
CAN Node 
Number
CPU
Type
Module 2, CPU U325 3 LUCY
Module 3, Memory unit U180 13 LUCY
Module 6, MS keyboard U400 8 LUCY
Module 15, Virtual Collimator U517c 10 HC08
Module 11, Image Memory U385 6 LUCY
2-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.14 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with U501
 
Fig. 2-11 CAN bus distribution in the C-arm stand with U501
2-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.15 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with Module 3
 
Fig. 2-12 CAN bus distribution in the C-arm stand with Module 3
2-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.16 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand
Fig. 2-13 Video distribution in the C-arm stand
2-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.17 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand
Fig. 2-14 Video distribution in the C-arm stand
2-17Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.18 Regulation Loops
Fig. 2-15 Regulation loops
2-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19 Technical Data
2.19.1 Ziehm Vista and Ziehm Vista Workstation
Sy
st
em
Voltage / frequency rating 230 VAC ±10%, 50/60 Hz
Power supply fuse rating C 16 A
Required residual current 
circuit breaker (RCD)
IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA
Typical current 
consumption
8 A continuous, 15 A momentary
Internal fusing 15 A, fast (2 pcs.)
Maximum line impedance ≤ 0.6 Ω
Equipment protection 
classification
Protection Class I, Type B ( ), ordinary equipment, 
continuous operation
Radiation controlled area
(with generator in 
lowermost position and 
C-arm vertical)
23/31 cm i.i.:
15 cm i.i.:
4 m
3 m
G
en
er
at
or
Power Fluoroscopy:
Direct radiography:
Single pulse:
Operating frequency:
40–110 kV / 0.2–6 mA
40–110 kV / 20 mA
40–110 kV / 8 mA / 1 s
20 kHz
Max. operating data Fluoroscopy:
Direct radiography:
110 kV / 0.2–6 mA
110 kV / 20 mA / 0.1–4 s
Max. power output Fluoroscopy:
Single pulse:
Direct radiography:
660 W
880 W
2200 W
Nominal electric power 2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s
X-ray tube Dual-focus stationary-anode tube
Focal spot nominal size Fluoroscopy:
Direct radiography:
0.6 mm
1.5 mm
Total filtration ≥ 4 mm aluminum equivalent, including Cu ≥ 0.1 mm
2-19Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
Im
ag
e 
in
te
ns
ifi
er Tube Input screen:
Nominal sizes:
Cesium iodide
31 / 23 / (15) cm or
23 / 15 / (10) cm or
15 / 10 cm
Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40
M
on
ito
rs
Flatscreen monitors Screen size:
Luminance:
Resolution:
Refresh rate:
46 cm (18.1")
600 Cd/m2 
1280 × 1024 pixels
75 Hz
CRT monitors Screen size:
Bandwidth:
Resolution:
Refresh rate:
44 cm (17")
45 MHz
625 lines
75 Hz (non-interlaced)
PC
 W
or
ks
ta
tio
n 
(Z
ie
hm
 V
is
ta
 W
or
ks
ta
tio
n 
on
ly
)
Compaq Evo D 500 or 
similar models
For technical data, see documentation of PC 
manufacturer
Default settings: Screen resolution:
1280 × 1024 pixels with 
16 bit color depth
No screen saver
No standby mode
PC keyboard: Integrated in monitor cart
DICOM interface: RJ45
Software: Operating system: 
Microsoft® Windows® 2000
Monitor driver: 
Pivot Pro (for rotating the 
image)
DICOM Workstation: 
e-Film for image viewing 
and editing
En
vi
ro
nm
en
ta
l 
co
nd
iti
on
s
During storage and 
transport
Temperature:
Relative air humidity:
–5°C to +55°C
20–70%
During operation Temperature:
Relative air humidity:
+10°C to +35°C
20–70%
2-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
D
im
en
si
on
s
C-arm Source/image receptor 
distance:
97 cm
Vertical free space 
(generator/i.i.):
C-arm depth:
Orbital rotation:
Angulation:
Swiveling (panning):
Horizontal movement:
Vertical movement:
76 cm
68 cm
115° / 135° a
±225°
±10°
22 cm
43 cm / 63 cm a
C-arm stand with 23 cm i.i.
with 31 cm i.i.
Width: 80 cm
Depth: 230 cm
Height: 214 cm
Width: 80 cm
Depth: 236 cm
Height: 219 cm
Monitor cart Ziehm Vista, 
Ziehm Vista Workstation
Width: 71 cm 
Depth: 69.5 cm 
Height: 169 cm
W
ei
gh
t
C-arm stand Ziehm Vista approx. 286 kg (23 cm i.i.)
Monitor cart Ziehm Vista 
with flatscreen monitors:
Ziehm Vista 
with CRT monitors:
Ziehm Vista Workstation:
approx. 177 kg
approx. 196 kg
approx. 180 kg
a. Option, not available for 31 cm i.i. systems
2-21Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.2 Ziehm Vista Plus (USA)
Sy
st
em
Voltage / frequency rating 120 VAC ± 10%,
50/60 Hz
230 VAC ± 10%,
50/60 Hz
Power supply fuse rating C 20 A C 16 A
Required residual current 
circuit breaker (RCD)
IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA
Typical current 
consumption
10 A continuous, 
20 A momentary
8 A continuous, 
15 A momentary
Internal fusing 20 A, fast (2 pcs.) 15 A, fast (2 pcs.)
Maximum line impedance ≤ 0.3 Ω ≤ 0.6 Ω
Equipment protection 
classification
Protection Class I, Type B ( ), ordinary equipment, 
continuous operation
Radiation controlled area 
(with generator in 
lowermost position and 
C-arm vertical)
23/31 cm i.i.: 4 m
15 cm i.i.: 3 m
23/31 cm i.i.: 4 m
15 cm i.i.: 3 m
G
en
er
at
or
Power
Fluoroscopy: 40–110 kV / 0.1–6 mA 40–110 kV / 0.2–6 mA
Direct radiography: 40–110 kV / 18–20 mA 40–110 kV / 20 mA
Operating frequency: 20 kHz
Max. operating data
Fluoroscopy: 110 kV / 0.2–6 mA 110 kV / 0.2–6 mA
Direct radiography: 110 kV / 8 mA 110 kV / 20 mA
Exposure time: 0.1–4 s 0.1–4 s
Max. power output
Fluoroscopy: 660 W 650 W
Direct radiography: 1980 W 2200 W
Single pulse: 880 W 880 W
Nominal electric power 2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s
X-ray tube Dual-focus stationary-anode tube DF-151-R
Focal spot nominal size Fluoroscopy: 0.5 or 0.6 mm (depending on the X-ray 
tube)
Direct radiography: 1.5 mm
Total filtration ≥ 4 mm aluminum equivalent, including Cu ≥ 0.1 mm
2-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
Im
ag
e 
in
te
ns
ifi
er Tube Scintillator: Cesium iodide
Nominal sizes: 23 / 15 cm
Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40
M
on
ito
rs
Flatscreen monitors
Screen size:
Luminance:
Resolution:
Refresh rate:
46 cm (18.1")
600 Cd/m2 
1280 × 1024 pixels
75 Hz
En
vi
ro
nm
en
ta
l 
co
nd
iti
on
s
During storage 
and transport
Temperature:
Relative air humidity:
–5°C to +55°C
20–70%
During operation Temperature:
Relative air humidity:
+10°C to +35°C
20–70%
D
im
en
si
on
s
C-arm Source/image receptor distance: 97 cm
Vertical free space (generator/i.i.): 76 cm
C-arm depth: 68 cm
Orbital rotation: 115 / 135°
Angulation: ± 225°
Swiveling (panning): ±10°
Horizontal movement: 22 cm
Vertical movement: 43 cm
C-arm stand Width: 80 cm
Depth: 230 cm
Height: 214 cm
Monitor cart Width: 71 cm
Depth: 69.5 cm
Height: 169 cm
W
ei
gh
t C-arm stand Ziehm Vista Plus: approx. 286 kg
Monitor cart Ziehm Vista Plus: approx. 177 kg
2-23Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.3 Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with adapter for 
lithotripter procedures
2.19.4 General technical data
Im
ag
e 
in
te
ns
ifi
er Tube
Scintillator
Nominal sizes
Cesium iodide
23 / 15 / 10 cm
Anti-scatter grid Pb 8/40
M
on
ito
rs
 o
n 
m
on
ito
r c
ar
t
24" flat-screen monitors
Display measurementsScreen size (diagonal)
Luminance
Refresh rate
Resolution in pixels
520 mm × 325 mm (20.4” × 12.8”)
610 mm (24")
max. 400 Cd/m2
85 Hz
1920 × 1200
18.1" flat-screen monitors
Display measurements
Screen size (diagonal)
Luminance
Refresh rate
Resolution in pixels
300 mm × 360 mm (11,45” × 14,28”)
460 mm (18.1")
max. 600 Cd/m2
75 Hz
1280 × 1024
C
om
pa
ct
 
m
on
ito
rs
Flat-screen monitor
Display measurements
Screen size (diagonal)
Luminance
Refresh rate
Resolution in pixels
300 mm × 360 mm (11,45” × 14,28”)
460 mm (18.1")
max. 600 Cd/m2
75 Hz
1280 × 1024
Vi
de
o 
st
an
da
rd
 
ou
tp
ut
CCIR, 50 Hz refresh rate, like PAL, no color
EIA 343, 60 Hz refresh rate, like NTSC, no color
Table 2-1 General technical data of Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with adapter for 
lithotripter procedures 
2-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
En
vi
ro
nm
en
ta
l 
co
nd
iti
on
s
During storage/transport
Temperature
Relative air humidity
–5°C to +55°C
20 % – 70 %
During operation
Temperature
Relative air humidity
+13°C to +35°C
20 % – 70 %
D
im
en
si
on
s
C-arm
Source/image receptor distance
970 mm
Vertical free space (generator/i.i.)
760 mm
C-arm depth 680 mm
Orbital rotation
Ziehm 8000 23 cm image intensifier: 135° (+45° – -90°) 
Ziehm Compact 23 cm image intensifier: 115° (+25° – -90°) 
Ziehm Compact with adapter for 
lithotripter procedures
23 cm image intensifier: 115° (+25° – -90°) 
Angulation ±225°
Swiveling (panning) ±10°
Horizontal movement 220 mm
Vertical movement 420 mm
W
ei
gh
t
C-arm stand
Ziehm 8000
Ziehm Compact
Ziehm Compact with adapter for 
lithotripter procedures
23 cm image intensifier: approx. 264 kg
23 cm image intensifier: approx. 270 kg
23 cm image intensifier: approx. 280 kg
Monitor cart
Ziehm Vista with 24" flat-screen 
monitor
Ziehm Vista with 18.1" flat-screen 
monitor
approx. 150 kg
approx. 153 kg
Table 2-1 General technical data of Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with adapter for 
lithotripter procedures (cont.)
2-25Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.4.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V
Systems with a voltage / 
frequency rating of:
100 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
120 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
200 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
Sy
st
em
Power supply fuse 
rating
C 20 A or C 32 A C 20 A C 20 A or C 32 A
(tripping characteristic C acc. to VDE 0641, Part 11; DIN EN 
60898 + IEC 898)
Required residual 
current circuit 
breaker (RCD)
IN ≥ 20 A,
IAN = 30 mA
IN ≥ 20 A,
IAN = 30 mA
IN ≥ 16 A,
IAN = 30 mA
Typical current consumption
14 A continuous, 
22 A momentary
14 A continuous, 
22 A momentary
10 A continuous, 
16 A momentary
Power supply in standby mode
410 VA (4,3 A) 460 VA (3,8 A) 460 VA (2,3 A)
The values depend on the integrated documentation systems.
Power input fuse
20 A slow 20 A slow 15 A slow
Maximum line 
impedance
≤ 0.3 Ω ≤ 0.3 Ω ≤ 0.6 Ω
Equipment 
protection 
classification
Protection Class I, Type B, ordinary equipment, continuous 
operation
Radiation controlled area (with generator in lowermost position and C-arm 
vertical)
15 cm image intensifier: 3 m
23 cm image 
intensifier: 4 m
Table 2-2 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V
2-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
G
en
er
at
or
Power
Direct radiography
40–110 kV
20 mA min.
0,1 - 4 s
Continuous fluoroscopy
40–110 kV
0.1–6 mA
Single pulse fluoroscopy (snapshot)
40–110 kV
8 mA 
1 s
Operating 
frequency
20 kHz
DC-HV ripple 40 kHz
Max. operating data
Fluoroscopy
110 kV / 6 mA 
Direct radiography
110 kV / 20 mA 
Digital radiography
110 kV / 8 mA 
Max. power output
Fluoroscopy
660 W 
(110 kV / 6 mA)
Direct radiography
2200 W 
(110 kV / 20 mA)
Digital radiography
880 W 
(110 kV / 8 mA)
Nominal electric power
2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s
Systems with a voltage / 
frequency rating of:
100 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
120 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
200 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
Table 2-2 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V (cont.)
2-27Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
G
en
er
at
or
X-ray tube
Dual-focus stationary-anode tube
Focal spot nominal size, in relation to reference axis
Fluoroscopy: 0.5 acc. to IEC 336
Direct radiography: 1,5 acc. to IEC 336
Anode angle, in relation to reference axis
12°
Anode material
Tungsten
Total filtration
≥ 3.9 mm Al, including Cu ≥ 0.1 mm
Maximum X-ray tube loading factors for
1h; 3 mA at 110 kV 10800 mAs/h
Systems with a voltage / 
frequency rating of:
100 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
120 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
200 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
Table 2-2 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V (cont.)
2-28 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.4.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V
Systems with a voltage / 
frequency rating of:
220 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
230 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
240 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
Sy
st
em
Power supply fuse 
rating
C 16 A (tripping characteristic C acc. to VDE 0641, Part 11; DIN 
EN 60898 + IEC 898)
Required residual 
current circuit 
breaker (RCD)
IN ≥ 16 A, IAN = 30 mA
Typical current 
consumption
10 A continuous, 
16 A momentary
Power supply in standby mode
approx. 370 VA (approx. 1.6 A)
The values depend on the integrated documentation systems.
Power input fuse 15 A slow
Maximum line 
impedance
≤ 0.6 Ω
Equipment 
protection 
classification
Protection Class I, Type B, ordinary equipment, continuous 
operation
Radiation controlled area (with generator in lowermost position and C-arm 
vertical)
15 cm image intensifier: 3 m
23 cm image 
intensifier: 4 m
G
en
er
at
or
Power
Direct radiography
40–110 kV
20 mA,
0.1–4 s
Fluoroscopy
40–110 kV
0.1–6 mA
Digital radiography (snapshot)
40–110 kV
8 mA 
1 s
Operating 
frequency
20 kHz
DC-HV ripple 40 kHz
Table 2-3 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V
2-29Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
G
en
er
at
or
Max. operating data
Fluoroscopy
110 kV / 6 mA 
Direct radiography
110 kV / 20 mA
Digital radiography
110 kV / 8 mA
Max. power output
Fluoroscopy
660 W (110 kV / 6 mA)
Direct radiography
2200 W (110 kV / 20 mA)
Digital radiography
880 W (110 kV / 8 mA)
Nominal electric power
2000 W at 100 kV / 20 mA / 0.1 s
X-ray tube
Dual-focus stationary-anode tube
Focal spot nominal size, in relation to reference axis
Fluoroscopy: 0.5 acc. to IEC 336
Direct radiography: 1,5 acc. to IEC 336
Anode angle, in relation to reference axis
12°
Anode material
Tungsten
Total filtration
≥ 3.9 mm Al, including Cu ≥ 0.1 mm
Maximum X-ray tube loading factors for
1h; 3 mA at 110 kV 10800 mAs/h
Systems with a voltage / 
frequency rating of:
220 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
230 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
240 VAC ± 10%, 
50/60 Hz
Table 2-3 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V (cont.)
2-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.5 Power plug specification
2.19.5.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 120 V
2.19.5.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 230 V
Cables 2.5 mm2 
three-wire
supply voltage: two wires 
ground wire: one wire
Phase single-phase
Strain relief required
Voltage 125 VAC
Dielectric strength > 2000 V
Current-carrying capacity 15 A continuous (min.)
Flammability rating acc. to UL 2305 OEM
Temperature –40°C to +80°C
Mark of conformity VDE or equivalent safety testing and national mark of conformity 
of country of installation (if required)
Degree of protection IP 20 or higher
Cables 2.5 mm2 
three-wire
supply voltage: two wires 
ground wire: one wire
Phase single-phase
Strain relief required
Voltage 250 VAC
Dielectric strength > 2000 V
Current-carrying capacity 16 A continuous (min.)
Flammability rating acc. to UL 94 V0
Temperature –40°C to +80°C
Mark of conformity VDE or equivalent safetytesting and national mark of conformity 
of country of installation (if required)
Degree of protection IP 20 or higher
2-31Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.6 Laser positioning device
Laser Class Class 2M acc. to IEC 60825-1:2001
Max. power output 
of continuous laser radiation, mea-
sured at the laser beam apertures
< 1 mW
Wavelength of the radiation 635 nm
2-32 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.7 Dose meter
2.19.7.1 VacuDAP
Fig. 2-16 Voltage correction of VacuDAP dose meter
Additional absorption 2.8 mm Al
Sensitivity
(75 kV; 2.7 mm Al HVL)
≥ 800 pC / mGy•cm2 
Measuring range of DAP 
power
0.1–104 mGy • cm2/s
Voltage range 35–150 kV
Voltage correction → Fig. 2-16, p. 2-33
Aluminum equivalent < 0.4 mm
Voltage correction
Additional absorption: 2.8 mm Al filtration
C
or
re
ct
io
n 
fa
ct
or
2-33Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.7.2 VacuDAP 2002
Fig. 2-17 Voltage correction of VacuDAP 2002 dose meter
Additional absorption 3 mm Al
Sensitivity
(75 kV; 2.7 mm Al HVL)
≥ 700 pC / mGy•cm2 
Measuring range of DAP 
power
0.1–104 mGy • cm2/s
Voltage range 40–150 kV
Voltage correction → Fig. 2-17, p. 2-34
Aluminum equivalent < 0.4 mm
Voltage correction
Additional absorption: 3 mm Al filtration
C
or
re
ct
io
n 
fa
ct
or
2-34 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.7.3 VacuDAP duo
Fig. 2-18 Voltage correction of VacuDAP duo dose meter
Additional absorption 2.8 mm Al
Sensitivity
(70 kV; 2.7 mm Al HVL)
≥ 1350 pC / mGy•cm2 
Measuring range of DAP 
power
0.75•10-2 – 0.3•104 mG•cm2/s
Voltage range 40–110 kV
Voltage correction → Fig. 2-18, p. 2-35
Aluminum equivalent 0.5 mm
Voltage correction
Additional absorption: 2.8 mm Al filtration
Additional absorption: 2.8 mm + 1 mm Al filtration
X-ray tube voltage U [kV]
C
or
re
ct
io
n 
fa
ct
or
2-35Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.8 Air kerma
In compliance with the requirements of international standards (e.g. 21 CFR 1020.32-d (1), IEC 60601-
2-43), Ziehm fluoroscopy systems with automatic dose rate control are not operable at any combina-
tion of tube voltage and tube current which will result in an exposure rate in excess of 88 mGy/min at 
the point where the center of the useful beam enters the patient, referred to the interventional reference 
point.
Fig. 2-19 Interventional reference point
The air kerma that is displayed on the system’s user interface refers to the interventional reference 
point according to IEC 60601-2-43 and 21 CFR 1020.32-d.
Air kerma deviation
Fig. 2-20 Typical deviation of dose as compared to an external calibrated measurement sys-
tem
Dose probe
Focal spot
Lead 
blocker
Image intensifier 
input plane
Interventional 
reference point
Voltage in kV
D
ev
ia
tio
n 
in
 %
2-36 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.9 Focal spot position
Fig. 2-21 Focal spot position on systems with 23 cm i.i.
Reference axis
7°7°
2-37Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
2.19.10 Dimensions
Ziehm Vista C-arm stand with 23 cm i.i.
Fig. 2-22 Dimensions of Ziehm Vista C-arm stand on systems with 23 cm i.i.
Ziehm Vista C-arm stand with 31 cm i.i.
Fig. 2-23 Dimensions of Ziehm Vista C-arm stand on systems with 31 cm i.i.
10° 10°
 225° 225°90°25°
2-38 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
Ziehm Vista monitor cart with flatscreen monitors
Fig. 2-24 Dimensions of Ziehm Vista monitor cart with flatscreen monitors
Ziehm Vista monitor cart with CRT monitors (n/a for USA)
Fig. 2-25 Dimensions of Ziehm Vista monitor cart with twin CRT monitors (n/a for USA)
2-39Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
Ziehm Vista Workstation monitor cart
Fig. 2-26 Dimensions of a Ziehm Vista Workstation monitor cart
Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with 23 cm i.i.
Fig. 2-27 Dimensions of Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand on systems with 23 cm i.i.
76
0
34
5
74
5
97
0
45
0
52
0 
- 9
40
17
10
 - 
21
30
80
0
15
5
92
5
42
0
30
5
2-40 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
Tolerances of Ziehm 8000 C-arm movements
Fig. 2-28 Tolerances of Ziehm 8000 C-arm movements on systems with 23 cm i.i.
Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with lower C-arm position
Fig. 2-29 Dimensions of Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with lower C-arm position
2-41Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 23" flat-screen monitor
Fig. 2-30 Dimensions of a Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 23" flat-screen monitor
2-42 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 24" flat-screen monitor
Fig. 2-31 Dimensions of a Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 24" flat-screen monitor
Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors
Fig. 2-32 Dimensions of a Ziehm 8000 monitor cart with 18.1" flat-screen monitors
2-43Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
2 General
Ziehm Compact with flat-screen monitor and 23 cm i.i.
Fig. 2-33 Dimensions of a Ziehm Compact with flat-screen monitor and 23 cm i.i.
Ziehm Compact with adapter for lithotripter procedures and 23 cm i.i.
Fig. 2-34 Dimensions of Ziehm Compact with adapter for lithotripter procedures and 23 cm i.i.
97
0
34
5
74
5
92
5
45
76
0
17
10
 - 
21
30
52
0 
- 9
40
13
0
15
5
45
0
42
0
30
5
0° 0°
225°225°
45
0
76
0
700
800
420
17
25
 - 
19
55
53
5 
- 7
65
90°25°
400
15
5
97
0
34
5
74
5
2060
1600
92
5
680
45
130
21
2
0
267
13
0 23
0
2-44 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3
Mobile Stand
Connections
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
3.1 XP0 Cable ........................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.1 Connectors........................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.2 Wiring ................................................................................................ 3-2
3.2 C-Arm Wiring Diagram ..................................................................................... 3-3
3.3 CAN Connector ................................................................................................ 3-4
3.4 Grounds Overview............................................................................................ 3-5
3.5 Hand Switch & CAN Bus Interface Wiring........................................................ 3-6
3.6 Foot Switch Wiring ........................................................................................... 3-7
3.7 Four-Pedal Foot Switch.................................................................................... 3-8
3.8 Module 1........................................................................................................... 3-9
3.8.1 Main connector ................................................................................. 3-9
3.8.2 U333 connectors ............................................................................... 3-10
3.9 Module 2........................................................................................................... 3-16
3.9.1 Connector X60 .................................................................................. 3-16
3.9.2 Connector X81 .................................................................................. 3-16
3.9.3 Connector X62 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.4 Connector X83 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.5 Connector X84 .................................................................................. 3-17
3.9.6 Connectors X70, X71, X72, X73 .......................................................3-18
3.9.7 Connector X74 .................................................................................. 3-18
3.10 Module 3 / U501 ............................................................................................... 3-19
3.10.1 U180 connector X17 / U501 connector X17...................................... 3-19
3.10.2 U180 connector X9 / U501 connector X9.......................................... 3-19
3.10.3 U180 connector X5 ........................................................................... 3-19
3.10.4 U180 connector X12 / U501 connector X12...................................... 3-20
3.10.5 U321 connectors X7, X3 / U501 connectors X7, X3 ......................... 3-20
3.11 Module 4........................................................................................................... 3-21
3.11.1 Link connector C-arm – i.i. housing................................................... 3-21
3.11.2 U316 connector X9 ........................................................................... 3-22
3.11.3 U316 connector X11 ......................................................................... 3-22
3.12 Module 5........................................................................................................... 3-23
3.12.1 Signals and voltages on U185 generator filter .................................. 3-23
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.1 XP0 Cable
3.1.1 Connectors
Fig. 3-1 XP0 cable connector assignment
3-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.1.2 Wiring
Fig. 3-2 XP0 cable wiring mobile stand
3-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.2 C-Arm Wiring Diagram
Fig. 3-3 C-arm wiring diagram
3-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.3 CAN Connector
Fig. 3-4 CAN connector
CAN connectors are:
• X70, X71, X72, X73 on U327 of module 2
• X74 on U327 of module 2 
• X10, X13 on U333 of module 1
• X7 on U180 of module 2
• X1 on U400 of module 6
NOTE
X74 is only to connect the monitor cart via the XP0 connector. 
On this connector Pin 2 is CAN sense (→ Ch. 3.9.7, p. 3-18).
3-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.4 Grounds Overview
Fig. 3-5 Grounds overview
3-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.5 Hand Switch & CAN Bus Interface Wiring
Fig. 3-6 Hand switch & CAN bus interface wiring
X5 is the hand switch socket of the C-arm.
It is also used to connect a notebook for service purposes.
3-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.6 Foot Switch Wiring
Fig. 3-7 Foot switch wiring
X1 is the foot switch socket of the C-arm.
3-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.7 Four-Pedal Foot Switch
Fig. 3-8 Four-pedal foot switch
NOTE
Systems equipped with a four-pedal foot switch do not support a hand switch. 
The hand switch socket is only used as a CAN bus interface for service.
3-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.8 Module 1
3.8.1 Main connector
d Name b Name z Name
2 CAN-L CANL 2 CAN-H CANH 2 CAN Reserve
4 +5 V for CAN CAN+5V 4 4 /CAN fault
6 GND for CAN CANGND 6 6 /CAN radiation
8 +18 V 
for Horn +18VB 8 GND +18 V 
for horn GND18VB 8 +24 V
stabilized
10 +18 V +18VB 10 GND +18 V GND18VB 10 GND for +24 V 
stabilized
12 /Pump OPUMPE 12 GND 
for /pump PUMGND 12
14 +24 V 
from rectifier +24V~ 14 GND +24 V 
from rectifier
GND
+24 VAC
14 /power off
16 +24 V 
from rectifier +24V~ 16 GND +24 V 
from rectifier
GND
+24 VAC
16 /power on
18 /power 
switching 2 POWER2 18 horn 18 GND for power 
on / power off
20 /power 
switching 1 POWER1 20 dose rate serial KX_SIGN 20 GND for 
DAP meter
22 GND for 
Analog Aux. GNDD 22 dose rate 
/Test1 KX_TST1 22 dose rate 
/Test2
24 Analog Aux. 
input ANA_AUX 24 dose rate 
/Reset KX_RES 24 +18 V 
for DAP meter
26 AC. E5 
for +5 V Video E5 26 AC. E6 
for +5 V Video E6 26
AC supply 
voltage 1 
for rotation 
(Compact)
28 AC. E4 
for ±5 V dig. E4 28 28
AC supply 
voltage 2 
for rotation 
(Compact)
30 AC. E3 
for ±5 V dig. E3 30 30 AC. E8 
for ±5 V Video
32 AC. E1 
for +5 V CAN E1 32 AC. E2 
for +5 V CAN E2 32 AC. E7 
for ±5 V Video
3-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.8.2 U333 connectors
X1: Mains input connector
STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388
Pin 1: 230 V L1
Pin 2: 110 V L1
Pin 3: 110 V N
Pin 4: 230 V N
X2: To TR1
STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388
Pin 1: 230 V 
Pin 2: 110 V 
Pin 3: 0 V
Pin 4: Not used
X5: To Compact unit
MSTB2,5/3 connector
Part Number: 21368
Pin 1: SL
Pin 2: 0 V
Pin 3: 230 V
X6 and X8
RM6006 connector
Part Number: 23097
X6: To softstart resistor
X8: To softstart resistor
3-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
X7: To TR 2
STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388
Pin 1: 230 V from Tr1
Pin 2: 0 V from TR1
Pin 3: To F1 of TR2
Pin 4: PE to chassis
X9: TR1 generator supply
STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388
Pin 1: From GL2~ 
Pin 2: From TR1 90 V
Pin 3: From TR1 136 V
Pin 4: From TR1 195 V 
X10: CAN to keyboard
6410-8 molex connector
Part Number: 21212
Pin 1: CAN-shield
Pin 2: CAN +5 V br
Pin 3: CAN-GND wh
Pin 4: not used
Pin 5: CAN-H pi
Pin 6: CAN-L gr
Pin 7: CAN-STÖR yl
Pin 8: CAN-STR gn
3-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
X11: From main connector
MLSS100-07 Panduit connector
Part Number: 21354
Pin 1: NETZEIN z16 yl
Pin 2: NETZAUS z14 gn
Pin 3: EAGND z18 bk
Pin 4: not used
Pin 5: /PWR2 d18 yl
Pin 6: /PWR1 d20 gn
Pin 7: GND24V b14 bk
X12: From GL4
MLSS156-04 Panduit connector
Part Number: 21313
Pin 1: not used
Pin 2: not used
Pin 3: From GL4 +
Pin 4: From GL4 -
X13: CAN from main connector
6410-8 molex connector
Part Number: 21212
Pin 1: CAN-shield
Pin 2: CAN +5 V d4 br
Pin 3: CAN-GND d6 wh
Pin 4: not used
Pin 5: CAN-H b2 pi
Pin 6: CAN-L d2 gr
Pin 7: CAN-STÖR z4 yl
Pin 8: CAN-STR z6 gn
3-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
X15 and X16
RM6006 connector
Part Number: 23097
X15: To Generator -
X16: To Generator +
X17: To keyboard 2
609-1027 flat cable connector
Part Number: 21090
Pin 1: Mains on
Pin 2: Mains off
Pin 3: EAGND
Pin 4: Mains LED
Pin 5: Lift +
Pin 6: Lift
Pin 7: Lift
Pin 8: Lift -
Pin 9: +18 V GND
Pin 10: +18 V
X18: Limit switch lift motor
MLSS100-04 Panduit connector
Part Number: 21329
Pin 1: lift -
Pin 2: down
Pin 3: lift +
Pin 4: up
3-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
X14: To electrolytic capacitor
STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388
Pin 1: From GL2 -
Pin 2: to electrolytic capacitor -
Pin 3: From GL2 +
Pin 4: to electrolytic capacitor +
X19: Via main connector to image processing
MLSS156-02 Panduit connector
Part Number: 21326
Pin 1: +18 V
Pin 2: 0V
X20: to water pump
MLSS156-02 Panduit connector
Part Number: 21326
Pin 1: approx +30 V if pump is switched on
Pin 2: 0V
X21 and X22
RM6006 connector
Part Number: 23097
X21: To lift motor rd
X22: To lift motor gn
X23: Lift motor supply
STV4 connector
Part Number: 21388
Pin 1: from GL1 + bk
Pin 2: to R02 br
Pin 3: from GL1 - bk
Pin 4: to R01 br
3-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
X24: From GL3
MLSS156-04 Panduit connector
Part Number: 21313
Pin 1: From GL3 +
Pin 2: From GL3 -
Pin 3: to main connector d16
Pin 4: to main connector b16
X26: To transformer thermo switch
MLSS100-02 Panduit connector
Part Number: 21335
Pin 1: From TR1
Pin 2: To NEAGND
X27: From GL1 (OnlyU333g and above)
MLSS156-02 Panduit connector
Part Number: 21326
Pin 1: From GL1 ~
Pin 2: From GL1 ~
3-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.9 Module 2
3.9.1 Connector X60 
Power supply for module 003
3.9.2 Connector X81
Connector to generator
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 GND18VB ground for +18 V
2
3 +18VB +18 V DC +18 V Pin 1
4 +18VB +18 V DC +18 V Pin 1
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 KVMASSE ground for ma. actual value DC 0.7 V DC 0.7 V GNDGEN
X63 Pin 3
2 KVSOLL kV nominal value DC 8.5 to 13 V DC 8.5 to 13 V GNDGEN
3 STÖRUNG fault line from generator DC 0.5 V DC 5 V GNDGEN
4 STRAHL radiation on DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN
5 MAIST ma. actual value GNDGEN
6 VORB radiation preparation DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN
7 0.5MA overheat DC 0.5 V DC 5 V GNDGEN
8 +5V_IRIS +5 V for iris diaphragm 
position sensor DC 5 V DC 5 V GND_IRIS
9 GND_IRIS ground for iris diaphragm 
position sensor
10 IRIS_IST iris diaphragm 
position sensor DC 0 V – 5 V DC 0 V – 5 V GND_IRIS
11 IRIS_ZU close iris diaphragm DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN
12 IRIS_AUF open iris diaphragm DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN
13 SCHL_ZU close slot diaphragm DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN
14 SCHL_RE open slot diaphragm DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN
15 SCHL_LI rotate slot diaphragm left DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN
16 SCHL_AUF rotate slot diaphragm right DC 0.5 V DC 15 V GNDGEN
3-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.9.3 Connector X62
Power supply for generator
3.9.4 Connector X83
Foot switch 1 and 2
3.9.5 Connector X84
Hand switch 1 and 2
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 UH filament voltage DC 9 V – 20 V Pin 3
2 +15VGEN +15 V generator supply +15 V Pin 3
3 GNDGEN ground
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 FUSS_1 foot switch 1 DC 1.75 V DC 3.2 V
if connected Pin 2
2 ISOGND ground
3 FUSS_2 foot switch 2 DC 1.75 V DC 3.2 V
if connected Pin 4
4 ISOGND ground
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 HAND_1 hand switch 1 DC 1.75 V DC 3.2 V
if connected Pin 2
2 ISOGND ground
3 HAND_2 hand switch 2 DC 1.75 V DC 3.2 V
if connected Pin 4
4 ISOGND ground
3-17Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.9.6 Connectors X70, X71, X72, X73
CAN bus
3.9.7 Connector X74
CAN bus to P0 cable
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 C_SCHIRM shield to ground
2 CAN+5V +5 V DC +5 V Pin 3
3 CANGND ground
4 CANRESV reserve not used not used
5 CANH CAN bus data H pulses Pin 3
6 CANL CAN bus data L pulses Pin 3
7 CANSTÖR fault TTL Low TTL High Pin 3
8 CANSTR radiation TTL Low TTL High Pin 3
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 C_SCHIRM shield to ground
2 CAN sense C-arm / monitor cart
detection
DC +1 V
Monitor cart 
connected
DC +5 V
Monitor cart 
not connected
Pin 3
3 CANGND ground
4 CANRESV reserve not used not used
5 CANH CAN bus data H pulses Pin 3
6 CANL CAN bus data L pulses Pin 3
7 CANSTÖR fault TTL Low TTL High Pin 3
8 CANSTR radiation TTL Low TTL High Pin 3
3-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.10 Module 3 / U501
Signals on Module 3 are identical to signals on U501.
Either Module 3 or U501 is equipped.
3.10.1 U180 connector X17 / U501 connector X17
Supply image intensifier power block
3.10.2 U180 connector X9 / U501 connector X9
Control CCD iris
3.10.3 U180 connector X5
Supply memory unit
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 GND ground
2 Magnifier1 switch to magnifier 1 DC 0 V DC 10.7 V Pin 1
3 H Sync horizontal sync 5 Vss Pin 1
4 Magnifier2 switch to magnifier 2 DC 0 V DC 10.7 V Pin 1
4 18V 18 V supply voltage DC 18 V Pin 1
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 + iris motor
open and close CCD iris
Pin 2
2 - iris motor Pin 1
3 GND ground
4 iris
potentiometer sliding contact DC 0 V – 5 V Pin 3
5 +5V supply for
iris potentiometer DC 5 V Pin 3
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 GND18V ground
2 +18V 18 V supply voltage DC 18 V Pin 1
3 +18V 18 V supply voltage DC 18 V Pin 1
4 not used
3-19Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.10.4 U180 connector X12 / U501 connector X12
AGC out
3.10.5 U321 connectors X7, X3 / U501 connectors X7, X3
Video
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
AGC out AGC control for CCD chip
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
X7 Video in video input
X3 Video out video output 1Vss
3-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.11 Module 4
3.11.1 Link connector C-arm – i.i. housing
Fig. 3-9 Connection between II Housing and C-Profile
3-21Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.11.2 U316 connector X9
Supply CCD camera
3.11.3 U316 connector X11
Control CCD iris
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 GND ground
2 H Sync horizontal sync
3 GND ground
4 12V supply voltage
CCD camera DC 12 V Pin 1
5 GND ground
6 12V supply voltage
CCD camera DC 12 V Pin 1
Pin signal description level active level not active reference
1 + iris motor
open and close CCD iris
Pin 2
2 - iris motor Pin 1
3 GND ground
4 iris
potentiometer
sliding contact of
iris potentiometer DC 0 V – 5 V Pin 3
5 +5V supply for
iris potentiometer DC 5 V Pin 3
3-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3.12 Module 5
3.12.1 Signals and voltages on U185 generator filter
Fig. 3-10 Signals and voltages on U185 generator filter
3-23Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
3 Mobile Stand Connections
3-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4
Power Supply
Module 1
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
4.1 Trafoblech View................................................................................................ 4-1
4.2 Module 1 Assembly .......................................................................................... 4-3
4.3 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 4-4
4.4 U333 Board versions........................................................................................ 4-5
4.5 Wiring Diagram with U333f............................................................................... 4-6
4.6 Wiring Diagram with U333g.............................................................................. 4-7
4.7 Functional Diagram with U333f ........................................................................ 4-8
4.8 Functional Diagram with U333g ....................................................................... 4-9
4.9 Circuit Description ............................................................................................ 4-10
4.9.1 Power-up circuit ................................................................................ 4-10
4.9.2 Output switching circuit ..................................................................... 4-11
4.9.3 Lifting motor control circuit ................................................................ 4-11
4.10 U333................................................................................................................. 4-13
4.10.1 U333f ................................................................................................ 4-13
4.10.1.1 U333f board view............................................................... 4-13
4.10.1.2 U333f board layout ............................................................ 4-14
4.10.1.3 U333f schematic power ON/OFF....................................... 4-154.10.1.4 U333f schematic lift motor control ..................................... 4-16
4.10.1.5 U333f schematic power switching ..................................... 4-17
4.10.1.6 U333f schematic BG1 & BG2 ............................................ 4-18
4.10.2 U333g ............................................................................................... 4-19
4.10.2.1 U333g board view.............................................................. 4-19
4.10.2.2 U333g board layout ........................................................... 4-20
4.10.2.3 U333g schematic power ON/OFF...................................... 4-21
4.10.2.4 U333g schematic lift motor control .................................... 4-22
4.10.2.5 U333g schematic power switching .................................... 4-23
4.10.2.6 U333g schematic BG1 & BG2 ........................................... 4-24
4.10.3 U333 jumper settings ........................................................................ 4-25
4.11 U80 (Horn)........................................................................................................ 4-26
4.11.1 U80 schematic .................................................................................. 4-26
4.12 U468 (BG1) ...................................................................................................... 4-27
4.12.1 U468 layout ....................................................................................... 4-27
4.12.2 U468 schematic ................................................................................ 4-28
4.13 U437 (VacuDAP Connection)........................................................................... 4-29
4.13.1 U437 schematic ................................................................................ 4-29
4.13.2 U437 function.................................................................................... 4-29
4.14 U424 (BG2, Pump Switching) .......................................................................... 4-30
4.14.1 U424 schematic ................................................................................ 4-30
4.14.2 U424 function.................................................................................... 4-30
4.15 Module 1 Fuses................................................................................................ 4-31
4.15.1 Transformer fuses............................................................................. 4-31
4.15.2 Fuses on U333.................................................................................. 4-31
4.15.3 Fuses on chassis .............................................................................. 4-31
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4 Power Supply
4.1 Trafoblech View
Fig. 4-1 View of Trafoblech
4-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
WARNING
The generator power supply in module 1 contains a large storage capacitor that 
filters the line voltage. The capacitor may contain high voltage even after the unit 
has been disconnected from the mains supply.
WARNING
Module 1 (power supply) contains dangerous voltages.
During operation the voltages exceed 250V DC.
4-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.2 Module 1 Assembly
Fig. 4-2 Module 1 assembly
4-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.3 Block Diagram
Fig. 4-3 Module 1 block diagram
4-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.4 U333 Board versions
In the following; two different versions of the U333 board are described.
In the board version "f" both the lift motor control and the lift motor power are connected to the 
same rectifier "GL1"
In the board version "g" only the lift motor power is connected to the output of rectifier "GL1". The 
lift motor control is supplied via two additional diodes "D16" and "D18" connected to the input of 
the rectifier "GL1" by an additional cable. (→ Ch. 4.8, p. 4-9)
This cable ia available as part No.29265.
NOTE
If an older board U333 "f" or below has to be replaced by a U333 "g" board, the 
cable between "GL1" input and U333g connector "X27" has to be installed also.
4-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.5 Wiring Diagram with U333f
Fig. 4-4 Module 1 wiring diagram with U333f
4-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.6 Wiring Diagram with U333g
Fig. 4-5 Module 1 wiring diagram with U333g
4-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.7 Functional Diagram with U333f
Fig. 4-6 Module 1 functional diagram with U333f
4-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.8 Functional Diagram with U333g
Fig. 4-7 Module 1 functional diagram with U333g
4-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.9 Circuit Description
4.9.1 Power-up circuit
Module 001 is supplied with mains voltage (230 VAC or 110 VAC) via terminal X1 (→ Fig. 4-10, 
p. 4-15).
Transformer TR1 is constantly powered via mains fuses F1, F2, F3 and F4 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15) 
and back-up fuse F7. It thus keeps capacitor C1 constantly charged via secondary fuse F8 and 
diode D7.
Module 001 is switched on by connecting the NETZEIN and EAGND signals (→ Fig. 4-10, 
p. 4-15), either via plug X17 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) on the FST keyboard or via plug X11 
(→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) on the MW keyboard.
Module 001 is switched off by connecting the NETZAUS and EAGND signals (→ Fig. 4-10, 
p. 4-15), either via plug X17 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) on the FST keyboard or via plug X11 
(→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) on the MW keyboard.
After switching on, relay K4 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15) picks up and latches with diode D1. The Power 
On LED (on the FST keyboard) is powered via resistor R5. Relay K1 (cut-off relay with 3 mm con-
tact gap) picks up, and transformer TR1 (on the transformer panel) is switched to the power supply 
via fuse F5 and soft start resistor RL (on the transformer panel).
Once electrolytic capacitor C2 has charged via the secondary winding (24 V, 3 A) (protected by 
fuse F3 on TR1) of transformer TR1 and rectifier GL3 (both on the transformer panel), and con-
nected via plug X24 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17) and resistor R7, relay K2 short-circuits with the closing 
relay RL (contacts → Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15).
Relay K3 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17) ensures that capacitors C and C2 are always discharged safely 
via resistors R6 and R3 during power off.
The secondary winding (24 V, 5 A) (protected by fuse F2 on TR1) of transformer TR1 powers the 
lifting motor switching circuit via rectifier GL1 (both on the transformer panel).
The secondary winding (24 V, 3 A) of transformer TR1 supplies module U326 (generator adapta-
tion) in the 19" rack via rectifier GL3 (both on the transformer panel), plug X24 (→ Fig. 4-12, 
p. 4-17) and the central plug (on the transformer panel).
The secondary winding (230 VAC) of transformer TR1 (on the transformer panel) supplies trans-
former TR2 (protected by fuse F1 on TR2 on the transformer panel). It also supplies plugs X3, X4 
and X5 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15) via plug X7 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15) and fuse F6. The “Compact unit” 
section is connected to plug X5.
The four 9 V secondary voltages (protected by fuses F5 – F8 on TR2) from transformer TR2 are 
supplied to module U334 (power unit for Module 2 via the central plug. The 24 V, 0.5 A secondary 
voltage (protected by fuse F9 on TR2) is used to rotate the image of the monitors (in the "Compact 
unit" section), while the 24 V, 4 A secondary voltage (protected by fuse F4 on TR2) powers mod-
ules BG1(18 V) and BG2 (coolant pump) via rectifier GL4 (on the transformer panel) and plug X12 
(→ Fig. 4-13, p. 4-18).
The 18 VDC voltage generated by module BG1 supplies Module 3, Module 4, the VacuDAP dose 
meter electronics and the signal horn(U80) via plug X19 and the central plug. The 18 VDC voltage 
also supplies the mobile stand keyboard via plug X17 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16).
4-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
The screening between the primary winding and the secondary windings is connected to PE 
potential on all three transformers.
(TR1 and TR2 on the transformer panel and TR1 on U333).
During power off, the excitation voltage is disconnected from relay K4 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15). 
Relay K4 then drops out, followed by cut-off relay K1 (→ Fig. 4-10, p. 4-15).
Diodes D2 and D3 are used to isolate the on/off circuits in the mobile C-arm stand and monitor 
cart.
4.9.2 Output switching circuit
Secondary winding 1 of transformer TR1 (on the transformer panel) supplies the operating voltage 
for generating high voltage for the generator. The three tapping points 90 V/120 V or 136 V/ 195 V 
are linked to plug X9 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17).
The /POWER1 signal at plug X11 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) activates relay K5 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17), 
while the /POWER2 signal at plug X11 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) activates relay K6 (→ Fig. 4-12, 
p. 4-17). The selected voltage is supplied to capacitor C (on the transformer panel) via rectifier 
GL2 (on the transformer panel) and plug X14 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17).
Relay K7 is activated via transistor T1 when the /CANSTÖR signal at plug X10 and X13 
(→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17) is “HIGH” (default). The capacitor voltage is then connected through to the 
generator via plug X15 and X16.
The CAN signals are routed from the central plug (on the transformer panel), via plug X10 and 
X13 (→ Fig. 4-12, p. 4-17) to the FST keyboard.
Resistor R6 is used to quickly discharge capacitor C (on the transformer panel) when the device 
is switched off.
4.9.3 Lifting motor control circuit
This part of the circuit is supplied by secondary winding 2 of transformer TR1 (on the transformer 
panel). This voltage is routed from X23 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) via GL1 (on the transformer panel). 
Resistors R01 and R02 (on the transformer panel) are also connected to this plug, and serve to 
limit the lifting motor operating and braking currents. The lifting motor is connected to plugs X21 
and X22 (→ Fig. 4-11, p. 4-16) and is short-circuited via the relay contacts of K8 and K9 when set 
to Off.
The voltage regulator IC5 is supplied via diode D16, resistor R28 and Zener diode D17. It gener-
ates the supply voltage for the electronic circuit.
The “Lifting motor up” and “Lifting motor down” keys on the FST keyboard are linked to PCB U333 
via plug X17.
The limit switches connected to plug X18 limit the traveling range of the lifting motor. When they 
reach their end position, they open the contact, and the lifting motor cannot travel any further in 
this direction.
The Schmitt triggers IC1D and IC1E are linked to AND gates IC2B and IC2C and prevent the 
motor running if the “Lifting motor up” and “Lifting motor down” keys are pressed at the same time.
4-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
Starting the lifting motor:
The travel command (jump to “HIGH”) is routed to resistor R20 and R21 and to AND gate IC2B or 
IC2C via resistor R19 or R22. Capacitors C12 and C13 debounce the control keys.
When the travel command is reversed by IC3C (or IC3F), capacitor C11 quickly discharges via 
diode D14 and resistor R24 (or C3 via D13 and R8). The Schmitt trigger IC3A (or IC1B) activates 
transistor T3 (or T2), and relay K9 (or K8) picks up, thus selecting the direction of travel.
The travel command changes to a jump to “LOW” at the output from AND gate IC2A. Capacitor 
C14 is slowly discharged via resistor R17. The Schmitt trigger IC3F then activates transistor T4 
and relay K10 picks up. The lifting motor is powered with voltage and moves down.
Stopping the lifting motor:
The stop command (issued by releasing the “Lifting motor up” or “Lifting motor down” key) dis-
charges capacitor C12 or C13. Capacitor C14 is also quickly discharged via diode D11 and resis-
tor R18. Relay K10 thus drops out immediately and disconnects the lifting motor from the supply 
voltage.
Capacitor C11 or C3, on the other hand, is slowly charged via resistor R23 or R9. Relay K8 or K9 
drops out after a delay, and the lifting motor is short-circuited once more.
Monoflop IC4A responds to the falling edge at pin 1. The monoflop issues the “LOW” signal for 
approximately 200 ms (set using resistor R26 and capacitor C17). This prevents the lifting motor 
from starting up again after a stop command for the duration of the set time constant.
4-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10 U333
4.10.1 U333f
4.10.1.1 U333f board view
Fig. 4-8 U333f board view
4-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.1.2 U333f board layout
Fig. 4-9 U333f board layout
4-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.1.3 U333f schematic power ON/OFF
Fig. 4-10 U333f schematic Power ON/OFF
4-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.1.4 U333f schematic lift motor control
Fig. 4-11 U333f schematic lift motor control
4-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.1.5 U333f schematic power switching
Fig. 4-12 U333f schematic power switching
4-17Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.1.6 U333f schematic BG1 & BG2
Fig. 4-13 U333f schematic BG1 & BG2
4-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.2 U333g
4.10.2.1 U333g board view
Fig. 4-14 U333g board view
4-19Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.2.2 U333g board layout
Fig. 4-15 U333g board layout
4-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.2.3 U333g schematic power ON/OFF
Fig. 4-16 U333g schematic Power ON/OFF
4-21Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.2.4 U333g schematic lift motor control
Fig. 4-17 U333g schematic lift motor control
4-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.2.5 U333g schematic power switching
Fig. 4-18 U333g schematic power switching
4-23Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.2.6 U333g schematic BG1 & BG2
Fig. 4-19 U333g schematic BG1 & BG2
4-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.10.3 U333 jumper settings
Jumpers are factory wired.
Fig. 4-20 U333 jumper location
Jumper Function Default Setting
BR1 bridge in circuit of /NETZ EIN closed
BR2 bridge in circuit of /NETZ-EIN between X11 and X17 closed
BR3 connects CAN shield to CAN +5 V open
BR4 connects CAN shield to CAN GND closed
BR5 input 240 VAC for TR1 open
BR6 input 230 VAC for TR1 closed
BR7 Connects GL4+ to BG2 closed if BG2 
is equipped
BR8 Connects GL4- to BG2 closed if BG2 
is equipped
BR5, BR6
BR1, BR2
BR3, BR4
BR7
BR8
4-25Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.11 U80 (Horn)
This part is supplied via X1 with 18 VDC. As soon as the signal at X1 gets “HIGH”, the transistor 
T2 gets conductive. Then the oscillator formed by buzzer H1, transistor T1, resistor R1 and con-
denser C1 is activated and the horn sounds.
4.11.1 U80 schematic
Fig. 4-21 U80 schematic
NOTE
For service, the connector X1 can be removed temporarily in order to turn off the 
alarm sound.
4-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.12 U468 (BG1)
4.12.1 U468 layout
Fig. 4-22 U468 layout
4-27Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.12.2 U468 schematic
Fig. 4-23 U468 schematic
4-28 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.13 U437 (VacuDAP Connection)
4.13.1 U437 schematic
Fig. 4-24 U437 schematic
4.13.2 U437 function
The U437 board is used in order to connectthe VacuDAP meter electronics to the connecting 
cable located in the module 1. Additionally the board provides a calibration function. By setting the 
jumper to the service setting, the DAP meter can be adjusted using the S1 - and S2 + keys.
4-29Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.14 U424 (BG2, Pump Switching)
4.14.1 U424 schematic
Fig. 4-25 U424 schematic
4.14.2 U424 function
The U424 board is optionally equipped in units with active cooling. It switches the pump supply 
voltage on and off controlled by a signal coming from Module 2 via the main connector.
4-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4.15 Module 1 Fuses
4.15.1 Transformer fuses
4.15.2 Fuses on U333
4.15.3 Fuses on chassis
The following fuses are located behind the U333 board.
Fuse Value Part No. Function
Transformer TR1 11120
F2 10 A slow (5×20mm) 17007 Supply lifting motor
F3 10 A slow (5×20mm) 17007 Supply U326 and U333 
control relay
Transformer TR2 11081
F1 12 A slow (5×20mm) 17006 Main fuse TR2
F4 4 A slow (5×20mm) 17021 Supply BG1 (18 V) in U333
F5 4 A slow (5×20mm) 17021 Supply for ± 5 V Digital
F6 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 Supply for +5 V ISO (CAN)
F7 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 Supply for +5 V Video
F8 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 Supply for -5 V Video
F9 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 Supply for monitor rotation
(Compact)
Fuse Value Part No. Function
F1 15 A medium (6.3×32mm) 17020 Mains input fuse 230 V
F4 15 A medium (6.3×32mm) 17020 Mains input fuse 230 V
F5 1 A slow (5×20mm) 17019 RL resistor
F6 3.15 A slow (5×20mm) 17056 230 V out for Compact unit
F7 100 mA slow (5×20mm) 17056 Primary transformer 1
F8 250 mA slow (5×20mm) 17001 Secondary transformer 1
F1 on U424 (BG2) 2.5 A slow (5×20mm) 17035 Water pump
Fuse Value Part No. Function
F2 20 A medium (6.3×32mm) 17044 Mains input fuse 120 V
F3 20 A medium (6.3×32mm) 17044 Mains input fuse 120 V
4-31Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
4 Power Supply
4-32 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5
Module 2
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
5.1 Module 2 19" Rack Description ....................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 General ............................................................................................. 5-1
5.1.2 Module view ...................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 Module 2 Overview........................................................................................... 5-2
5.3 Module 2 Inputs and Outputs ........................................................................... 5-3
5.4 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 5-4
5.4.1 U325 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-4
5.4.2 U325 functional description............................................................... 5-5
5.4.3 U326 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-6
5.4.4 U326 functional description............................................................... 5-7
5.4.5 U328 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-8
5.4.6 U328 functional description............................................................... 5-9
5.4.7 U334 block diagram .......................................................................... 5-10
5.4.8 U334 functional description............................................................... 5-11
5.5 U325 and U326 Front Panels........................................................................... 5-12
5.6 Exchange of boards ......................................................................................... 5-13
5.6.1 Exchange of U325 ............................................................................ 5-13
5.6.2 Exchange of U326 ............................................................................ 5-14
5.7 Hardware Radiation Logic ................................................................................ 5-16
5.8 U326 Schematic Diagrams............................................................................... 5-17
5.8.1 U326 schematics 1 ........................................................................... 5-17
5.8.2 U326 schematics 2 ........................................................................... 5-18
5.8.3 U326 schematics 3 ........................................................................... 5-19
5.8.4 U326 schematics 4 ........................................................................... 5-20
5.8.5 U325 schematics 1 ........................................................................... 5-21
5.8.6 U325 schematics 2 ........................................................................... 5-22
5.8.7 U325 schematics 3 ........................................................................... 5-23
5.8.8 U325 schematics 4 ........................................................................... 5-24
5.8.9 U325 schematics 5 ........................................................................... 5-25
5.8.10 U325 schematics 6 ........................................................................... 5-26
5.8.11 U325 schematics 7 ........................................................................... 5-27
5.9 U501 Video Processing Board ......................................................................... 5-28
5.9.1 U501 Block Diagram ......................................................................... 5-28
5.9.2 Connectors on the front cover........................................................... 5-29
5.9.3 LEDs on the front cover .................................................................... 5-29
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5 Module 2
5.1 Module 2 19" Rack Description
5.1.1 General
The 19" rack combines several functions:
− C-arm control: U325
− Generator adaption: U326
− Video & Dose control: U501 (optionally)
5.1.2 Module view
Fig. 5-1 Module 2 view
5-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.2 Module 2 Overview
Fig. 5-1 Module 2 overview
5-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.3 Module 2 Inputs and Outputs
Fig. 5-2 Module 2 inputs and outputs
5-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.4 Block Diagrams
5.4.1 U325 block diagram
Fig. 5-3 U325 block diagram
5-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.4.2 U325 functional description
The slide-in board U325 is the central control unit of the C-arm.
All machine data are stored on this board. 
Machine data include information about:
− options
− start up configuration
− diaphragm settings in case of standard collimator
− kV - mA characteristics
− hand and foot switch configuration. 
The board receives data via the CAN bus from module 3, calculates the kV and mA nominal val-
ues and forwards them as data words via the internal LUCY bus to the U326 board.
Also the information for diaphragm setting and laser switching are transmitted that way.
The hand and foot switches are monitored for short circuits.
The real time clock counts up the radiation time and is used to create an error log. 
The safety logic prevents from unintended radiation.
There is a detailed description in → Ch. 5.7, p. 5-16 “Hardware Radiation Logic”
The monitor cart detection controls the CAN bus termination logic on board U334.
The power switching controls the relays K5 and K6 on the board U333.
5-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.4.3 U326 block diagram
Fig. 5-4 U326 block diagram
5-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115- 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.4.4 U326 functional description
The slide-in board U326 is the control board for the generator.
Here the data words coming from the U325 board are converted to analog values and discrete 
switching signals: 
− 12 bit words are converted to mA and kV analog control values
− Slot and Iris collimator controls are decoded and sent to the collimators via drivers.
(only used for standard collimator)
− Laser switch command is decoded and sent to the generator
− radiography mode command is decoded and sent to the generator. 
The mA nominal value is compared to the actual value measured in the generator. 
The difference controls a switching regulator, which generates the filament voltage from 24 V input 
voltage.
A temperature switching signal (0.5 mA) is received from the generator. This signal is encoded on 
the U326 board and sent to the U325 board in order to control the system depending on the gen-
erator temperature.
The fault line coming from the generator is received. This signal is monitored by the fault LED on 
the U326 board and is connected to the CAN fault line by an optocoupler.
Also 15 V and ±10 V for the board supply are generated. The voltages are monitored on the front 
of the board.
5-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.4.5 U328 block diagram
Fig. 5-5 U328 block diagram
5-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.4.6 U328 functional description
Board U328 is the motherboard of the 19" rack.
It links the boards U325, U326, U327, and U334.
It provides a connection to module 1.
The optocouplers isolate module 1 from module 2.
The serial number of the system is permanently stored in the GAL chip.
The number can be read using the Exposcop Studio (→ Ch. 18.1.5, p. 18-10).
5-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.4.7 U334 block diagram
Fig. 5-6 U334 block diagram
5-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.4.8 U334 functional description
Board U334 is the power supply for module 2.
It is supplied by transformer 2 with AC voltages.
The voltages are rectified and stabilized.
Green LEDs on the front indicate the voltages.
The CAN bus termination logic is also located on the U334 board.
Fig. 5-7 U334 front view
5-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.5 U325 and U326 Front Panels
Fig. 5-8 U325 and U326 front panels
5-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.6 Exchange of boards
5.6.1 Exchange of U325
After exchange the U325 board has to be programmed.
There are two steps of programming.
First, if the warning E35 appears, the software versions of the board and the rest of the system 
have to be adapted.
Then the machine data have to be restored. It is recommended to save the machine data before 
you remove the original board, if communication to the board is possible. If the data cannot be 
read out and no archived data are available, use default data and set options manually.
If there is a warning E32 after exchange, the RAM test pattern must be set. 
If there is a warning E34 after exchange, the Clock must be set.
→ Ch. 18.1.4.1, p. 18-6 and → Ch. 18, p. 18-1 Software Tools 
Fig. 5-9 U325 exchange procedure
U325 to be changed
stored machine
data avaliable
change U325
Start C-Arm
E 35?
restore machine data
restart
restart
E 32?
E 34?
finished
comunication to
U325 possible
save machine data
Use default data
and set options 
manually
no no
yes
no
no
no
adapt software
versions
yes
Set RAM test pattern
Set Clock
yes
yes
yes
5-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.6.2 Exchange of U326
After exchange the U326 board has to be adjusted according to the following instructions:
1 General:
C-arm has to run properly before adjustments can be made.
The potentiometers and their labels at the front panel (U326):
− P5 mA offset
− P4 pre-heating
− P3 mA DAC offset
− P2 exposure
− P1 kV offset
Necessary test equipment:
Test cable to generator (to check the actual generator values)
Test cable to the front connector of U326 (for the signal names refer to the U326 sche-
matic)
PC with USBCAN or PARCAN test set.
2 Adjust filament voltage without exposure
• Set fluoroscopy mode, connect test cable to the front connector of U326
Connect voltage meter to: + with UH - with GND
Adjust potentiometer P4 to 12.0 V (P4 = pre-heating)
3 Adjust mA offset with exposure
• Set fluoroscopy mode, set kV manual and 40 kV
Connect ampere meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P5 to 0.2 mA (P5 = mA Offset)
• Measure the voltage UH with exposure and keep the voltage value in mind.
Adjust pre-heating to memorized value with potentiometer P4 without exposure.
4 Adjust kV with exposure
• Set fluoroscopy program extremities, set kV manual and 80 kV
Connect voltage meter to + with kV measuring point “f” – with generator ground
Adjust potentiometer P1 to 8.0 V (1 V equals 10 kV)
Check voltages at 40, 60, 100, 110 kV
5 Adjust mA with exposure, top value
Set spine / pelvis fluoroscopy program (program 2), set kV manual and 65 kV
(mA display has to indicate 6.0 mA)
Connect ampere-meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P3 to 5.95 mA
6 Adjust mA with exposure, bottom value
• Set spine / pelvis fluoroscopy program (program 2), set kV manual and 40 kV
Connect ampere-meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P5 to 0.2 mA
!! Repeat the two steps above, because these steps interact with each other !!
5-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
7 Current rise time in active radiography mode
• Set radiography mode, set radiography exposure time to 0.1sec
• NOTE: the exposure starts approximately 1 sec. after pressing the hand switch
(pre-heating time)
• Connect the mAs meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P2 to 2.0 mAs
8 Adjust radiography current with exposure
• Set radiography mode, 80 kV and 4 sec. radiography time.
• NOTE: the exposure starts approximately 1 sec. after pressing the hand switch
(pre-heating time)
Connect ampere meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust the current to 20.0 mA which means you have to enter the appropriate number in 
the field “D/A Converter Radiography” of the Exposcop Studio software.
The default value is 20 (20 mA).
Allowed value range is from 15 (15 mA) to 28 (28 mA).
! If the value is out of range there is a hardware failure !
For adjustment use the “DAC value” entry of the above menu. Allowed value range here 
is from 614 to 1147.
9 Adjust radiography mAs with exposure
• Set radiography mode, 80 kV and radiography exposure time to 0.5 s
• Do not forget: the exposure starts approximately 1 s after pressing the hand switch
Connect mAs meter instead of the mA bridge in the generator.
Adjust potentiometer P2 to 10.0 mAs.
10 Check pulse fluoroscopy
• mA values identical to fluoroscopy.
11 Check snapshot mA
• This value has to be set to 8 mA. This is done using the Exposcop Studio software.
• Section Generator, D/A converter snapshot.
5-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.7 Hardware Radiation Logic
Fig. 5-10 Hardware radiation logic
5-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8 U326 Schematic Diagrams
5.8.1 U326 schematics 1
Fig. 5-11 U326 schematics 1
5-17Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.2 U326 schematics 2
Fig. 5-12 U326 schematics 2
5-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.3 U326 schematics 3
Fig. 5-13 U326 schematics 3
5-19Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.4 U326 schematics 4
Fig. 5-14 U326 schematics 4
5-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.5 U325 schematics 1
Fig.5-15 U325 schematics 1
5-21Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.6 U325 schematics 2
Fig. 5-16 U325 schematics 2
5-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.7 U325 schematics 3
Fig. 5-17 U325 schematics 3
5-23Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.8 U325 schematics 4
Fig. 5-18 U325 schematics 4
5-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.9 U325 schematics 5
Fig. 5-19 U325 schematics 5
5-25Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.10 U325 schematics 6
Fig. 5-20 U325 schematics 6
5-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.8.11 U325 schematics 7
Fig. 5-21 U325 schematics 7
5-27Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.9 U501 Video Processing Board
5.9.1 U501 Block Diagram
Fig. 5-22 U501 Block Diagram
Im
ag
e
M
em
or
y
La
tti
ce
LU
C
Y
U
30
0
D
A
C
D
A
C
D
A
C
A
D
C
A
D
C
I/O
U
50
1
Po
w
er
S
up
pl
y
18
V=
in
pu
t
+1
5V
+1
8V
+5
V
-5
V
-9
V
lo
g
S
yn
c
Iri
s
co
nt
ro
l
m
ag
n.
bu
ffe
rs
C
C
D
ca
m
er
a
in
pu
t
ou
tp
ut
te
st
C
AN
VI
D
E
O
V
ID
EO
U
32
1
U
18
0
U
30
6
to
AD
C
to
C
C
D
ca
m
er
a
A
G
C
to
C
C
D
ca
m
er
a
to
I.I
.
fro
m
ab
ov
e
ou
tp
ut
s
to
m
on
ito
rs
m
ea
su
re
m
en
t
ci
rc
le
s
+
D
ra
w
n:
R
el
ea
se
:
C
ha
ng
ed
:
D
ra
w
in
g
N
o.
:
Pa
ge
:
Fi
le
N
am
e
:
U
ni
t:
Te
ch
ni
sc
he
Ae
nd
er
un
ge
n
vo
rb
eh
al
te
n
R
.F
ra
nk
.
01
.F
eb
.2
00
6
of
. .
.
W
ei
te
rg
ab
e
so
w
ie
Ve
rv
ie
lfa
el
tig
un
g
di
es
er
U
nt
er
la
ge
,
Ve
rw
er
tu
ng
un
d
M
itt
ei
lu
ng
ih
re
s
In
ha
lts
ni
ch
tg
es
ta
tte
t.
Tr
an
sm
is
si
on
as
w
el
la
s
re
pr
od
uc
tio
n
of
th
is
do
cu
m
en
t,
ex
pl
oi
ta
tio
n
or
di
sc
lo
su
re
of
its
co
nt
en
ts
is
no
tp
er
m
itt
ed
.
Zu
w
id
er
ha
nd
lu
ng
en
ve
rp
fli
ch
te
n
zu
S
ch
ad
en
er
sa
tz
.
In
fri
ng
em
en
ts
sh
al
le
nt
itl
e
to
da
m
ag
e
cl
ai
m
s.
M
od
ul
e
2
Su
bj
ec
tt
o
ch
an
ge
w
ith
ou
tp
rio
rn
ot
ic
e.
Al
le
R
ec
ht
e
vo
rb
eh
al
te
n.
A
ll
rig
ht
s
re
se
rv
ed
.
Bl
oc
kd
ia
gr
am
U
50
1
(fo
rm
er
U
18
0
U
32
1
U
30
6)
R
.F
ra
nk
BS
B
_U
50
1_
02
.c
dr
80
00
/V
is
ta
Fa
m
ily
20
.S
ep
t.
20
07
5-28 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5.9.2 Connectors on the front cover
5.9.3 LEDs on the front cover
X7 Video input from CCD camera (SMB)
X12 AGC output to CCD camera (SMB)
X9 Iris interface (5-pin Panduit)
X17 I.I. interface (5-pin Panduit)
X3 Video output from U321 (SMB)
X2 Video output from U321, filtered (SMB)
X90 Video output from U306 (SMB)
X100 Video output from U306 (SMB)
LED 45 ERROR (rd)
LED 35A +15 V (gn)
LED 40A +5 V (gn)
LED 41A +3.3 V (gn)
LED 40B -5 V (gn)
LED 41B -9 V (gn)
LED 35B -15 V (gn)
CAUTION
Dose and video adjustments have to be performed if a Module 3 has been 
replaced by a U501.
5-29Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
5 Module 2
5-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6
Module 3
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
6.1 Module 3 Memory Unit .................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.1 General ............................................................................................. 6-1
6.1.2 Module 3 view ................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 Module 3 Overview........................................................................................... 6-2
6.3 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 6-3
6.3.1 U180 block diagram .......................................................................... 6-3
6.3.2 U180 functional description............................................................... 6-4
6.3.3 U321 block diagram .......................................................................... 6-5
6.3.4 U321 functional description............................................................... 6-6
6.3.5 Module 3 wiring diagram................................................................... 6-7
6.4 Exchange of Module 3...................................................................................... 6-8
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
6 Module 3
6.1 Module 3 Memory Unit
6.1.1 General
Module 3 provides the following functions:
− Dose regulation
− Video regulation
− Image memory in Compact units: U306 (optionally)
− 100 Hz converter in Compact units with CRT monitor: U313 (optionally)
6.1.2 Module 3 view
Fig. 6-1 Module 3 view
NOTE
Module 3 will be missing if system is equipped with a U501 board.
6-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
6.2 Module 3 Overview
Fig. 6-2 Module 3 overview
6-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
6.3 Block Diagrams
6.3.1 U180 block diagram
Fig. 6-3 U180 block diagram
6-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
6.3.2 U180 functional description
There is a U300 processor board (LUCY) on the U180 board. Thus module 3 is part of the CAN 
bus.
On the U300 board the anatomical program data are stored.
Anatomical program data contain values for:
− dose and video adjustment
− diameter of the gauging circle
− regulation mode.
Values are stored independently for every anatomical mode and magnifier size. The U180 trans-
mits values for Iris and AGC to the CCD camera. The iris position is fed back to the analog inputs 
by a potentiometer.
At the analog multiplexer there are also values gained from the video signal in order to do dose 
and video regulation. The average or peak value is compared to an internal value. The difference 
is transmitted by the CAN bus to the module 2 to regulate the necessary dose value.
The black and white values are compared to values stored in the organ table. The difference con-
trols the black clamping and white clipping (video adjustment, → Ch. 19.1.2, p. 19-3).
6-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
6.3.3 U321 block diagram
Fig. 6-4 U321 block diagram
6-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
6.3.4 U321 functional description
There is a digital circle generator on the U321 board. This generates the gauging and blanking 
circles.
Within those areas, the video signal is measured and the result is sent to the LUCY of the U180.
The signal stages “curve” and “white level regulator” are controlled by the LUCY of the U180 
board.
In the signal mixer the video signal is overlaid by the blanking circle.
Sync signals are separated from the video signal in order to synchronize the circle generator and 
additional hardware for Compact units. (Image memory, 100 Hz converter)
6-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
6.3.5 Module 3 wiring diagram
Fig. 6-5 Module 3 wiring diagram
6-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
6.4 Exchange of Module 3
After exchange the module 3 has to be programmed.
There are two steps of programming.
First, if warning E35 appears, the software versions of the board and the rest of the system have 
to be adapted.
Then the organ data have to be restored. It is recommended to save the organ data before you 
remove the original module 3, if communication to the board is possible. If the data cannot be read 
out and no archived data are available, use default data and adjust dose manually (→ Ch. 18.1.8, 
p. 18-14).
Fig. 6-6 Module 3 exchange procedure
6-8 Ziehm Vista/ Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
To change the memory unit, the 4 nuts have to be removed → Fig. 6-7, p. 6-9.
Now the module can be opened. Remove connectors X5, X7, X9, X17 on the board U180 as well 
as the coax connectors X7, X3 on U321and X12 on U 180 → Fig. 6-8, p. 6-9.
The unit is fixed by two screws → Fig. 6-9, p. 6-9.
Fig. 6-7 Fixation of Module 3 cover
Fig. 6-8 Module 3 connections
Fig. 6-9 Module 3 fixation
Nuts to be removed
Fixation screws
6-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
6 Module 3
6-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7
Image Intensifier
Module 4
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
7.1 Parts Location .................................................................................................. 7-1
7.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 7-2
7.2.1 Functional description ....................................................................... 7-3
7.3 I.I. power supply overview ................................................................................ 7-4
7.3.1 General ............................................................................................. 7-4
7.3.2 Main parts and their functions........................................................... 7-4
7.4 Hardware description ....................................................................................... 7-5
7.4.1 PCBs................................................................................................. 7-5
7.4.2 U316 LEDs........................................................................................ 7-5
7.4.3 U316 connectors ............................................................................... 7-6
7.4.4 Connectors cascade ......................................................................... 7-6
7.4.4.1 Connectors cascade location............................................. 7-6
7.4.5 U316 schematics .............................................................................. 7-7
7.4.5.1 U316 schematics part 1 ..................................................... 7-7
7.4.5.2 U316 schematics part 2 ..................................................... 7-8
7.5 Adjustments...................................................................................................... 7-9
7.5.1 Potentiometer location ...................................................................... 7-9
7.6 CCD Camera.................................................................................................... 7-9
7.6.1 General description........................................................................... 7-10
7.6.2 Setting the CCD camera distance..................................................... 7-10
7.6.3 Scattered light lens ........................................................................... 7-11
7.6.4 Changing the camera........................................................................ 7-12
7.6.4.1 Removing the camera........................................................ 7-12
7.6.5 Installing the CCD camera ................................................................ 7-13
7.6.6 Adjustment of the optical focus ......................................................... 7-14
7.6.7 Adjustment instruction for 23 cm and 30 cm tube............................. 7-15
7.6.8 Size and resolution requirements...................................................... 7-16
7.6.8.1 Without patient equivalent filter.......................................... 7-16
7.6.8.2 With patient equivalent filter 25 mm Al .............................. 7-16
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7 Image Intensifier
7.1 Parts Location
Fig. 7-1 Image intensifier parts location
CCD camera
Counterweight
II-Power supply
7-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.2 Block Diagram
Fig. 7-1 Image intensifier block diagram
7-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.2.1 Functional description
The image intensifier can be divided into three electrical units:
− The CCD sensor forms together with the iris collimator and the lens the CCD camera.
− The image intensifier tube.
− The intensifier power supply consisting of the boards U316, U317 and U318.
The latter supplies the intensifier tube and the CCD camera.
The U316 is supplied with 18 V.
From this 18 V the supply voltages for the CCD camera, the grid voltages and the anode volt-
age are generated.
The voltages for G2 (focus) and G3 (image size) are separately adjustable for every fluoros-
copy format. The grid voltages are switched by signals coming from module 3.
The anode voltage is factory pre-adjusted to 30 kV and must not be changed.
(Tube might be damaged)
The voltage for G1 is given by the tube manufacturer according to the tube type.
It makes up the edge focusing.
7-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.3 I.I. power supply overview
Fig. 7-2 Image intensifier power supply
7.3.1 General
The i.i. power supply supplies the necessary voltages for the different image intensifiers.
The U316 also supplies power for the CCD camera, switchable between 6 V and 12 V.
7.3.2 Main parts and their functions
− Controller U316 Controls the magnification modes of the i.i.
− Power inverters U317 High voltages
− Cascade U318 Multiplies the voltages
7-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.4 Hardware description
7.4.1 PCBs
7.4.2 U316 LEDs
Fig. 7-3 U316 LEDs
PCBs
U316: controller board
U317: high voltage transformers
U318: high voltage cascade
The i.i. power supply is divided into several boards to build a very 
compact module.
Status LEDs for Service Requirements
LED 10 yellow: H-Sync
LED 11 yellow: indicates Magnifier 1
LED 12 yellow: indicates Magnifier 2
Magnifier
D12 D11
D10 H-Sync
7-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.4.3 U316 connectors
Fig. 7-4 U316 connectors
7.4.4 Connectors cascade
7.4.4.1 Connectors cascade location
Fig. 7-5 Connectors cascade location
Connectors Range Function
Anode 30 kV factory set Anode voltage 
Grid 1 approx. 100 V – 300 V Edge focus (depends on tube type)
Grid 2 approx. 0.5 kV – 2 kV Focus adjustment
Grid 3 approx. 2 kV – 12 kV Size adjustment
Grid 4 approx. 2.5 kV Not adjustable
Ground
X11 to CCD Iris
X12 to Module3/U501
X9 to CCD Camera
7-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.4.5 U316 schematics
7.4.5.1 U316 schematics part 1
Fig. 7-6 U316 schematics 1
7-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.4.5.2 U316 schematics part 2
Fig. 7-7 U316 schematics 2
7-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.5 Adjustments
7.5.1 Potentiometer location
Fig. 7-8 U316 potentiometer location
7.6 CCD Camera
Fig. 7-9 CCD camera without cover
P1 Anode
P2, P3, P4
Size M2, M1, M0
P5, P6, P7
focus M2, M1, M0
7-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.6.1 General description
The CCD sensor is a solid-state imaging device that produces a black and white image. Light 
entering wells in the sensor are converted to electrons, which are read out from the sensor, ampli-
fied and converted to a digital video signal. The video signal is transmitted via an analog video 
coax cable to the image processing system.
7.6.2 Setting the CCD camera distance
The camera distance is set by using different mounting rings. The camera will be shipped without 
a mounting ring. For installing the camera, the ring has to be taken from the camera that has been 
installed before.
I
Fig.7-10 Mounting ring for distance adjustment
II Tube D [mm] Scattered light lens 
assembled
17 cm HP 16.1 Yes
23 cm HP 13.6 Yes
23 cm HX 20.4 No
30 cm HX 23.5 No
Mounting ring
7-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.6.3 Scattered light lens
Before the camera is mounted onto the image intensifier, check whether the scattered light lens 
is required or not.
Fig. 7-11 Scattered light lens location
Fig. 7-12 Scattered light lens removed
Check the type of the tube:
For a HX tube type, the lens has to be removed.
For a HP tube type the lens has to be installed.
Fig. 7-13 II Tube Types: HP type (left), HX Type (right)
7-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.6.4 Changing the camera
7.6.4.1 Removing the camera
Assembly and disassembly of the camera has to be done only at power down.
• Remove cover of the intensifier housing.
• In order to remove the camera, the led weight has to be removed first. Thereto the 3 nuts and 
the plate have to be removed (→ Fig. 7-14, p. 7-12).
• Then the connectors X9 and X11 on the U316 have to be removed and the coax connectors 
have to be separated (→ Fig. 7-15, p. 7-12).
• To remove the camera, three Allen screws have to be removed. Do not loosen the clamps.
Fig. 7-14 Camera removal
Fig. 7-15 Camera connections
NOTE
For the 12" tube, a 7/64" Allen key is required. For all other tubes, a 3 mm Allen 
key is required.
Remove those screws
Clamps
Remove nuts
Remove weight
X9 Camera connector
X11 Iris connector
Coax connectors
AGC and video
7-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.6.5 Installing the CCD camera
Fig. 7-16 Mounting of the CCD camera
The camera is put onto the output window and is fixed by the mounting ring using 3 allen screws.
If the camera has not been removed from the mounting ring, the assembly is done in reversed 
order. Please check optical focus afterwards.
If the camera has to be changed, it has to be mounted and centered to the ring that has been 
assembled to the unit. After installing, the optical focus has to be set.
NOTE
For the 12" tube, a 7/64" Allen key is required. For all other tubes, a 3 mm Allen 
key is required.
NOTE
The connections have to face towards the C profile, in order to provide correct 
image orientation.
CAUTION
Make sure that you have selected the correct supply voltage at the i.i. power sup-
ply, U316, J1 (→ Ch. , p. 7-8).
7-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.6.6 Adjustment of the optical focus
• Switch off the unit.
• To focus the camera lens, the camera cover has to be removed.
• For that, remove the intensifier power supply (only the screws, not the connectors) and loosen 
the grub screws at the camera housing (→ Fig. 7-17, p. 7-14).
• Switch on.
• Center a line pair phantom to the input window.
The line pairs should be 45° to the monitor line structure and 90° to the scattered radiation grid
• Loosen the locking screw. Set to magnifier 2 format and adjust to maximum resolution.
Use a 2 mm nib (Part No. 91118) for focus adjustment.
• Switch to full field size and check edge focus. Tighten locking screw hand screwed.
• Put on camera cover and lock it by the grub screws.
• Assemble i.i. supply, led weight and i.i. cover (incl. earth cable)
Fig. 7-17 CCD camera focus adjustment
WARNING
Focus adjustment is done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection!
Grub screw for
camera cover
Locking screw
for focusing ring
Focusing ring
with 2mm holes
7-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.6.7 Adjustment instruction for 23 cm and 30 cm tube
Fig. 7-18 I.I. power supply adjustment
CAUTION
Target values are specified according to non interlaced systems.
Refer to tables → Ch. 7.6.8, p. 7-16 for corresponding values of interlaced sys-
tems.
7-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
7 Image Intensifier
7.6.8 Size and resolution requirements
7.6.8.1 Without patient equivalent filter
Extremities mode, automatic dose
7.6.8.2 With patient equivalent filter 25 mm Al
Extremities mode, automatic dose
II Type 15 cm 23 cm 30 cm
N M1 N M1 M2 N M1 M2
Size
[cm] 14.0 10.0 20.1 15.1 11.1 27.1 20.1 15.1
Resolution
[lp/mm]
Non Interlaced
2.0 2.5 1.6 2.0 2.5 1.2 1.6 2.0
Resolution
[lp/mm]
Interlaced
1.7 1.9 1.4 1.8 2.0 1.0 1.4 1.8
II Type 15 cm 23 cm 30 cm
N M1 N M1 M2 N M1 M2
Size
[cm] 14.0 10.0 20.1 15.1 11.1 27.1 20.1 15.1
Resolution
[lp/mm]
Non Interlaced
1.8 2.2 1.4 1.8 2.2 1.0 1.4 1.8
Resolution
[lp/mm]
Interlaced
1.5 1.7 1.2 1.6 2.8 0.8 1.2 1.6
NOTE
Size and resolution adjustments of the i.i. tube are interacting.
Do the adjustment reciprocally.
NOTE
Interlaced: ZIEHM 8000, ZIEHM Compact
Non Interlaced: ZIEHM Vista
To get information about interlaced / non interlaced, display image system infor-
mation → Ch. 15.12, p. 15-30.
7-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8
Generator
Module 5
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
8.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 Block Diagrams ................................................................................................ 8-2
8.2.1 Generator block diagram................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 Generator detailed block diagram..................................................... 8-3
8.3 Interface Generator – C-Arm Stand ................................................................. 8-4
8.4 Block Diagram Generator – Module 1 / Module 2 ............................................ 8-5
8.5 General PCBs .................................................................................................. 8-6
8.6 Checklist for the Generator .............................................................................. 8-7
8.6.1 U185 test point location .................................................................... 8-8
8.6.2 U185 schematics .............................................................................. 8-9
8.6.3 U185 board layout............................................................................. 8-10
8.7 Measuring kV and mA ...................................................................................... 8-11
8.8 Laser (option) ................................................................................................... 8-13
8.8.1 Generator with laser.......................................................................... 8-13
8.8.2 Image intensifier with laser................................................................ 8-14
8.8.3 Laser block diagram.......................................................................... 8-15
8.8.4 U160 laser control board................................................................... 8-16
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8 Generator
8.1 Overview
Fig. 8-1 Generator assembly
8-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.2 Block Diagrams
8.2.1 Generator block diagram
Fig. 8-2 Generator block diagram
8-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.2.2 Generator detailed block diagram
Fig. 8-3 Generator detailed block diagram
8-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.3 Interface Generator – C-Arm Stand
Fig. 8-4 Interface generator – C-arm stand
8-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.4 Block Diagram Generator – Module 1 / Module 2
Fig. 8-5 Block diagram generator – Module 1 / Module 2
8-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.5 General PCBs
PCBs summary
U40 Heating current control
Current controlHeating amplifier
kV amplifier
U41 Motherboard
U42 3 stage kV amplification with push-pull controlling
Pre-amplifier
U43 Fault and filament control
mA measuring range
mA control
U45 Slot and iris collimator control
Temperature control
U54 kV control
8-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.6 Checklist for the Generator
The following steps show the signals required for the generator to work properly:
Measurements are made on the U185 Filter frame.
1. U1 (final stage supply) must be in the range of approx. 130 to 280 VDC depending on the 
operating mode. (Generator power in W). This voltage has to be present in standby also. 
Check the voltages at each of the three stages. (see table below)
Screen once before measuring.
If E26 is present, the voltage is switched off by module1 for safety reasons.
The test points are:
plus X11 Pin 2
minus X11 Pin 4
2. U2 (supply voltage) must be 15 VDC.
The test points are:
plus X12 Pin 2
minus X12 Pin 1
3. UH (filament voltage) must be in a range of approx. 9.5 to 11 VDC in standby and approx. 
9.5 to 18 VDC while screening depending on selected mA value. If the voltage gets below 
7.5 VDC, the generator pulls the fault line (E26) If the voltage gets above 22 VDC for a cer-
tain time, the filament regulator on the U326 switches off and radiation will be interrupted.
The test points are:
plus X11 Pin 3
minus X12 Pin 1
4. kV reference voltage must be in the range of 8.1 to 12 VDC depending on the selected kV 
value. Voltage has to be also present during standby.
8.1 VDC equals to 40 kV and 12 VDC equals to 110 kV; 55 mV is 1 kV step. 
The test points are:
plus BG2 Pin 4 (kV ref.)
minus BG2 Pin 2 (kV ground)
5. Radiation command input is active if BG2 Pin 8 is about 0 V; inactive level is 15 V.
The test points are:
plus BG2 Pin 8 (radiation)
minus X12 Pin 1
Mode AC Voltage at transformer DC Voltage measured
at 40 kV 90 VRMS 127 V
at 80 kV
(depending on transformer type)
120 VRMS 169 V
136 VRMS 192 V
Snapshot 195 VRMS 275 V
8-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.6.1 U185 test point location
Fig. 8-6 U185 test point location
WARNING
Module 5 (generator) contains dangerous voltages.
During operation the voltages exceed 250 VDC.
WARNING
Measurements partly have to be done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection.
8-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.6.2 U185 schematics
Fig. 8-7 U185 schematics
8-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.6.3 U185 board layout
Fig. 8-8 U185 board layout
8-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.7 Measuring kV and mA
In order to measure mA, the tank connector is used.
Before the mA meter is connected the jumper has to be removed.
Fig. 8-9 Tank connector with jumper (left) and without jumper (right)
Fig. 8-10 Test cable connected to tank connector
CAUTION
After measuring the jumper has to be set again.
8-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
In order to measure kV the test points “f” and “GND” on the U54 board are used.
Fig. 8-11 kV and mA measuring points
The reading of the voltmeter is the actual kV divided by 10,000.
For example 67 kV is measured as 6.7 V.
Fig. 8-12 Test cable connected to “f” and “GND” on U54
WARNING
Module 5 (generator) contains dangerous voltages.
During operation the voltages exceed 250 VDC.
WARNING
Measurements have to be done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection.
Test points “f” and “GND”
8-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.8 Laser (option)
8.8.1 Generator with laser
Fig. 8-13 Generator with laser
8-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.8.2 Image intensifier with laser
Fig. 8-14 Image intensifier with laser
8-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.8.3 Laser block diagram
Fig. 8-15 Laser block diagram
8-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
8 Generator
8.8.4 U160 laser control board
Fig. 8-16 U160 laser control board
8-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9
Vision Track
Module 15
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
9.1 Virtual Collimator View ..................................................................................... 9-1
9.2 Block Diagram .................................................................................................. 9-2
9.3 U517d............................................................................................................... 9-3
9.3.1 U517d location of connectors, switches and LEDs........................... 9-3
9.3.2 Switches............................................................................................ 9-3
9.3.2.1 DIP switch factory setting .................................................. 9-5
9.3.3 LEDs ................................................................................................. 9-5
9.3.4 Connectors........................................................................................ 9-6
9.4 Changing the Collimator................................................................................... 9-10
9.4.1 Part exchange................................................................................... 9-10
9.4.2 Mechanical centering ........................................................................ 9-10
9.4.3 Collimator size adjustment ................................................................ 9-11
9.4.4 Preview size adjustment ................................................................... 9-12
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
9 Virtual Collimator
9.1 Virtual Collimator View
Fig. 9-1 Virtual collimator
9-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
9.2 Block Diagram
Fig. 9-2 Virtual collimator block diagram
9-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
9.3 U517d
9.3.1 U517d location of connectors, switches and LEDs
Fig. 9-3 U517d connectors, switches and LEDs
9.3.2 Switches
DIP Switch 2
Switch 1 Standalone mode for production requirements
on == standalone active
Switch 2 Size Bit 1
Switch 3 Size Bit 2
Switch 4 Size Bit 3
Switch 5 not used
Switch 6 not used
switch 7 not used
switch 8 VacuDAP duo installed
9-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
Switches must be set like indicated.
DIP switch 1 module number virtual collimator
Switch 1 CAN bus address OFF
Switch 2 CAN bus address ON
Switch 3 CAN bus address OFF
Switch 4 CAN bus address ON
Switch 5 CAN bus address OFF
Switch 6 CAN bus address OFF
Switch 7 CAN bus address OFF
Switch 8 CAN bus address OFF
9-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
9.3.2.1 DIP switch factory setting
Fig. 9-4 U517 S1 and S2 factory settings
9.3.3 LEDs
Status LEDs for Service Requirements
LED 1 red flashing: shows startup phase
off: shows system is running
LED 5 red future use
LED 6 green system is running
9-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
9.3.4 Connectors
X1: Programming Interface Connector
10 pin Panduit cable connector
Pin 1 PTC0
Pin 2 PTC1
Pin 3 PTC3
Pin 4 IRQ
Pin 5 RST
Pin 6 WDO
Pin 7 PTA0
Pin 8 OSC
Pin 9 +5 V output
Pin 10 ground
X2: RS232 Debug Connector
3 pin Panduit cable connector
Pin 1 ground
Pin 2 TxD
Pin 3 RxD
X3: CAN Bus Connector J12
6 pin flat ribbon cable connector
Pin 1 CAN +5 V
Pin 2 not used
Pin 3 CAN_RxD
Pin 4 CAN_TxD
Pin 5 not used
Pin 6 ground
9-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
X4: Rotation Motor Connector5 pin molex cable connector
Pin 1 +5 V
Pin 2 ground
Pin 3 servo control pulse
Pin 4 feedback servo position
Pin 5 servo return (there or not)
X5: Iris Motor Connector
5 pin molex cable connector
Pin 1 +5 V
Pin 2 ground
Pin 3 servo control pulse
Pin 4 feedback servo position
Pin 5 servo return (there or not)
X6: Slot Motor Connector
5 pin molex cable connector
Pin 1 +5 V
Pin 2 ground
Pin 3 servo control pulse
Pin 4 feedback servo position
Pin 5 servo return (there or not)
X8: Rotation Potentiometer
3 pin Panduit cable connector
Pin 1 +5 V
Pin 2 feedback voltage
Pin 3 ground
9-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
X9: Laser Diode 1 and 2 Connector
3 pin Panduit cable connector
Pin 1 Laser -
Pin 2 Laser +
Pin 3 not connected
X10: DAP Connector
8 pin molex cable connector
Pin 1 count input
Pin 2 reset output
Pin 3 calibrate output +
Pin 4 calibrate output -
Pin 5 ground
Pin 6 unused
Pin 7 unused
Pin 8 +UB 18 V
X11: Power Input
2 pin Panduit cable connector
Pin 1 ground
Pin 2 +14 V
X12: VacuDAP duo Connector
4 pin Panduit cable connector
Pin 1 +15 V
Pin 2 ground
Pin 3 RS 485 A
Pin 4 RS 485 B
9-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
X13: Wellhöfer Connector
RJ45 connector
Pin 1 RS 485 A
Pin 2 unused
Pin 3 +15 V
Pin 4 ground
Pin 5 RS 485 B
Pin 6 RS 485 Z
Pin 7 unused
Pin 8 RS 485 Y
Pin 9 ground
Pin 10 ground
X14: Laser Diode Flat Detector
3 pin Panduit cable connector
Pin 1 Laser -
Pin 2 Laser +
Pin 3 not connected
9-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
9.4 Changing the Collimator
9.4.1 Part exchange
• Remove connectors X7, X9, X10, X11, X12, X13.
• Remove the 4 mounting screws. With power switched off, the collimator can be rotated in order 
to access the screws.
• Fit the DAP-meter to the new collimator
• Mount the new collimator with the 4 screws. Take care about the pre-collimator. Do not tighten 
the screws, because centering is necessary.
• Connect X7, X9, X10, X11, X12, X13. Power up the unit.
9.4.2 Mechanical centering
• Press briefly both buttons of each function of the collimator (iris, slot, rotation) to get the starting 
position.
• Close the iris collimator to a diameter of approx. 10 cm.
• Screen in order to get an image of the collimator. 
• Press briefly one of the collimator buttons to display the preview.
• Adjust the center of the collimator.
• Repeat the two steps above until collimator is centered to preview.
• If the image of the collimator is in the center and you can see a hexagon, the adjustment was 
successful.
• Tighten the collimator mounting screws.
• Press the both buttons of each collimator control (iris, slot, rotation) to get the starting position.
9-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
9.4.3 Collimator size adjustment
• Go to the Generator tab in the Exposcop Studio.
• Set the collimator size for every image format with parameters “Collimator values”:
“Normal”, “Magnifier1” and “Magnifier2”.
Fig. 9-5 Collimator size adjustment
9-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
9.4.4 Preview size adjustment
To match the virtual collimator to the iris collimator, do the following:
• Press the Close Iris Collimator key until the collimator is closed as far as possible.
• Initiate radiation for visual control and terminate it again.
• The menu system on the reference screen disappears.
• Press the MENU key.
• The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the System settings menu item.
• The virtual collimator appears on the live screen.
• Press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on the Collimator offset menu item.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the actual and the virtual collimator coincide.
• Press key F1 – Save.
• Press the open iris collimator key until the edges of the collimator are just visible on the live 
screen.
• Initiate radiation for visual control and terminate it again.
• The menu system on the reference screen disappears.
• Press the MENU key.
• The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the System settings menu item.
• The virtual collimator appears on the live screen again.
• Press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on the Collimator factor menu item.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the actual and the virtual collimator coincide.
• Press key F1 – Save.
• Repeat the collimator offset and collimator factor adjustment alternately until the deviations 
are minimal.
9-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
Fig. 9-6 Iris collimator settings
9-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
9 Virtual Collimator
9-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10
Keyboards
Module 6
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
10.1 Keyboard of Mobile Stand ................................................................................ 10-1
10.1.1 MST keyboard view........................................................................... 10-1
10.1.2 U400 connections ............................................................................. 10-2
10.1.3 U400 block diagram .......................................................................... 10-3
10.2 Keyboard of Monitor Cart ................................................................................. 10-4
10.2.1 MC keyboard view............................................................................. 10-4
10.2.2 U370 connections ............................................................................. 10-5
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand 
and Monitor Cart
10.1 Keyboard of Mobile Stand
10.1.1 MST keyboard view
Fig. 10-1 MST keyboard view
10-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart
10.1.2 U400 connections
Fig. 10-2 U400 connections
10-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart
10.1.3 U400 block diagram
Fig. 10-3 U400 block diagram
10-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart
10.2 Keyboard of Monitor Cart
10.2.1 MC keyboard view
Fig. 10-4 MC keyboard view
10-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart
10.2.2 U370 connections
Fig. 10-5 U370 connections
10-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart
10-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
11.1 General............................................................................................................. 11-1
11.1.1 Monitor cart with 18.1" flatscreen monitors ....................................... 11-1
11.1.2 Monitor cart with 24’’ split screen monitor ......................................... 11-2
11.1.3 Monitor cart with 23’’ split screen monitor ......................................... 11-3
11.1.4 Monitor cart with CRT monitors......................................................... 11-4
11.2 Monitor Cart Wiring .......................................................................................... 11-5
11.2.1 Wiring of flatscreen monitors............................................................. 11-5
11.2.2 Wiring of flatscreen monitors and PC................................................ 11-6
11.2.3 Wiring of CRT monitors.....................................................................11-7
11.2.4 Wiring of external X-ray indicator and remote (options).................... 11-8
11.2.5 U385 wiring ....................................................................................... 11-9
11.3 Yellow RJ45 network cables ............................................................................ 11-10
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11
Monitor Cart
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11 Monitor Cart 
General and Wiring
11.1 General
11.1.1 Monitor cart with 18.1" flatscreen monitors
Fig. 11-1 System overview of monitor cart with 18.1" flatscreen monitors
11-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11.1.2 Monitor cart with 24’’ split screen monitor
Fig. 11-2 System overview of monitor cart with 24’’ split screen monitor
11-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11.1.3 Monitor cart with 23’’ split screen monitor
Fig. 11-3 System overview of monitor cart with 23’’ split screen monitor
11-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11.1.4 Monitor cart with CRT monitors
Fig. 11-4 System overview of monitor cart with CRT monitors
11-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11.2 Monitor Cart Wiring
11.2.1 Wiring of flatscreen monitors
Fig. 11-5 Wiring of flatscreen monitors
11-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11.2.2 Wiring of flatscreen monitors and PC
Fig. 11-6 Wiring of flatscreen monitors and PC
11-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11.2.3 Wiring of CRT monitors
Fig. 11-7 Wiring of CRT monitors
11-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11.2.4 Wiring of external X-ray indicator and remote (options)
Fig. 11-8 Wiring of external X-ray indicator and remote (options)
11-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11.2.5 U385 wiring
Fig. 11-9 U385 wiring
11-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
11.3 Yellow RJ45 network cables
In Monitor Carts shipped from october 2008 all network connections are made with yellow RJ45 
cables. This is done in order to distinguish the network cables from the CAN-Bus cables.
Fig. 11-10 Yellow network cable at image memory
11-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12
Video Documentation
Module 7
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
12.1 UP 960 ............................................................................................................. 12-1
12.1.1 Front view ......................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.2 Rear view .......................................................................................... 12-2
12.2 UP 980 ............................................................................................................. 12-3
12.2.1 Front view ......................................................................................... 12-3
12.2.2 Rear view .......................................................................................... 12-4
12.2.3 UP 980 configuration ........................................................................ 12-5
12.3 VCR.................................................................................................................. 12-6
12.3.1 VCR wiring standard ......................................................................... 12-6
12.3.2 U411 VCR interface .......................................................................... 12-7
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation
12 Video Documentation
12.1 UP 960
12.1.1 Front view
Fig. 12-1 UP 960 front view
12-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation
12.1.2 Rear view
Fig. 12-2 UP 960 rear view
12-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation
12.2 UP 980
12.2.1 Front view
Fig. 12-3 UP 980 front view
12-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation
12.2.2 Rear view
Fig. 12-4 UP 980 rear view
12-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation
12.2.3 UP 980 configuration
• Press the menu button.
The door panel opens and the sub panel appears.
• Display the desired main menu by pressing the or button.
• Display the desired sub menu by pressing the or button.
• Select the desired selection or change the value by pressing the or button.
• Save the settings.
• Afterwards press EXEC button.
All other values remain factory preset.
Menu
Picture Submenu Paper Type Value 2 For thermal paper
UPP-210SE/210HD
Value 3 For thermal film
UPT-210BL
 Interlaced Non Interlaced
Menu
Layout Submenu
Aspect adjust
H-Shift
H-Size
V-Shift
V-Size
Value -0.5
Value 170
Value 1225
Value 25
Value 585
Value -0.1
Value 165
Value 1157
Value 25
Value 585
Menu
Printer Submenu
AUTO-SCAN
75 Ohm
OFF
ON
If no equipment is 
connected to the 
video out of the printer
Pixel Density
AGC
High
ON
Menu
Printer Submenu Save Value1
12-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation
12.3 VCR
12.3.1 VCR wiring standard
Fig. 12-5 VCR wiring standard
12-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation
12.3.2 U411 VCR interface
Fig. 12-6 U411 VCR interface
12-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
12 Video Documentation
12-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13
Monitors
Module 9
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
13.1 18.1" Flatscreen Monitors................................................................................. 13-1
13.1.1 Description ........................................................................................ 13-1
13.1.2 Technical data................................................................................... 13-2
13.1.3 Switches............................................................................................ 13-2
13.1.4 Connectors........................................................................................ 13-3
13.1.5 On-screen display ............................................................................. 13-4
13.1.5.1 Locking and unlocking the on-screen display .................... 13-4
13.1.5.2 Restoring the factory settings ............................................ 13-5
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors
13 Monitors
13.1 18.1" Flatscreen Monitors
13.1.1 Description
The 18.1" flatscreen monitor is a monochrome, high-resolution LC display.
All settings and adjustments are made using an integrated setup menu.
Fig. 13-1 18.1" flatscreen monitor
13-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors
13.1.2 Technical data
13.1.3 Switches
There is a power switch on the rear side of every monitor.
Fig. 13-2 Monitor power switches
Viewable Diagonal (inches) 18.1
Brightness (cd/m², typical) 700 (without anti-glare filter)
Native Resolution 1280 × 1024
Dot Pitch (mm) 0.28
Vertical Viewing Angle 170o
Horizontal Viewing Angle 170o
Contrast Ratio (typical) 400:1
VGA Input signal level at 75 Ohm 0.7 Vp-p
BNC Inputsignal level 1 Vp-p
Power (nominal) 42 W
Monitor Weight 6.35 kg
Operating Temperature 0 oC to 40 oC
Storage Temperature -20 oC to 60 oC
Relative Humidity (non condensing) 20% – 85%
13-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors
13.1.4 Connectors
Fig. 13-3 Monitor connectors
+12 V in
DVI / VGA in
Video in
RS232 interface
13-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors
13.1.5 On-screen display
13.1.5.1 Locking and unlocking the on-screen display
The monitors are set up and adjusted by an on-screen display. The functions are controlled by an 
integrated keypad.
Fig. 13-4 Monitor keypad
The on-screen display is activated by pressing the “Menu” key. On the “Setup” tab, you can lock 
the menu.
Fig. 13-5 “Setup” tab
If this function is activated, the menu will disappear. Instead of the menu, a message “MENU 
LOCKED” is displayed for a short time. Now the access to the on-screen display is denied. You 
will get this message anytime you press a key on the keypad.
Fig. 13-6 Menu locked
13-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors
To unlock the menu, you have to press the “MENU” and “SCROLL” keys until the message 
“MENU UNLOCKED” appears.
Fig. 13-7 Menu unlocked
13.1.5.2 Restoring the factory settings
On the “Defaults” tab of the on-screen menu, you can restore the factory settings. The factory set-
tings are optimized for the video output of the Vista image memory system.
Fig. 13-8 “Defaults” tab
NOTE
You can use the “MENU” and “SCROLL” key combination also to lock the on-
screen display directly. This function will toggle between “MENU LOCKED” and 
“MENU UNLOCKED”.
13-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
13 Monitors
13-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14
Power Supply
Module 10
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
14.1 View of Power Supply ...................................................................................... 14-1
14.2 General Description.......................................................................................... 14-2
14.3 Main Components of Power Module 10 ........................................................... 14-2
14.4 Module 10 Block Diagram ................................................................................ 14-4
14.5 Module 10 Power Distribution Wiring Diagram................................................. 14-5
14.5.1 Wiring with transformer 11090 (105 V – 240 V) ................................ 14-5
14.5.2 Wiring with transformer 11091 (200 V – 240 V) ................................ 14-6
14.6 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 14-7
14.6.1 Mains input........................................................................................ 14-7
14.6.2 Insulated XP0 PCB outlet ................................................................. 14-7
14.6.3 Internal mains distribution ................................................................. 14-7
14.6.4 On/Off connections ........................................................................... 14-8
14.7 Fuses................................................................................................................ 14-9
14.8 U357 schematics.............................................................................................. 14-11
14.8.1 Power-on logic .................................................................................. 14-11
14.8.2 U357 schematic power distribution ................................................... 14-12
14.9 Module 10 Transformers .................................................................................. 14-13
14.9.1 Transformer 11090 105 V – 240 V.................................................... 14-13
14.9.2 Transformer 11091 200 V – 240 V.................................................... 14-14
14.9.3 Mains transformer thermo fuse ......................................................... 14-15
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14 Power Supply
14.1 View of Power Supply
Fig. 14-1 Monitor cart power supply
WARNING
Module 10 (monitor cart power supply) contains dangerous voltages.
14-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.2 General Description
The monitor cart module 10 power supply is the main power module for the Ziehm Vista C-arm 
and provides
− power isolation from mains input
− internal power distribution of 230 VAC to the monitor cart and through the XP0 for the mobile 
stand
− inrush current limiter
− on/off circuitry
− emergency stop and key switch lock for power
14.3 Main Components of Power Module 10
Isolation transformer TR1 provides:
− isolation from the mains line power supply
− input voltage taps for matching the input voltage to maintain 230 VAC output
− the main supply voltage for the complete C-arm
U357 power distribution board provides:
− power on/off control
− distribution of power
− U357 allows an easy method for matching the input line voltage to the facility power
− matching TR1 input to mains line voltage
− the ability to set the correct voltage is accomplished by following the power selection table 
in the diagram below
− X12 to X21 terminals for matching input line to TR1
− output 230 VAC for system
14-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
Matching the line input to TR1:
Matching the line input to facility is accomplished by performing a simple measurement of the wall 
outlet connector with a digital volt meter. Monitor the voltage for a period of time long enough to 
detect any unusual dips in the mains line (10 to 20 minutes).
230 VAC power distribution U357:
− the output of the TR1 transformer (X10 and X11) supplies 230 VAC to the U357 board
− distributes 230 VAC to auxiliary equipment by means of the terminal connectors X24 to X30
− supplies power to devices such as video monitors, printers, image system, etc.
− distributes 230 VAC power to the mobile stand by means of the power connector terminals 
X22 and X23
NOTE
Those facilities demonstrating large fluctuations in the mains line voltage may 
require a more detailed measurement test. Placing a lines voltage monitor and 
monitor the line voltage for 12 to 24 hours. This is an important issue and should 
not be overlooked.
Once the line voltage is determined to be stable and within the range of the selec-
tion table the service technician must follow the tap setting and jumper placement 
as required in the Voltage Selection table for the U357 board.
14-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.4 Module 10 Block Diagram
Fig. 14-2 Module 10 block diagram
14-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.5 Module 10 Power Distribution Wiring Diagram
14.5.1 Wiring with transformer 11090 (105 V – 240 V)
Fig. 14-3 Module 10 wiring with transformer 11090 set to 115 V
Select Voltage
Transformer 11090
105 VAC 110 VAC 115 VAC 120 VAC 210 VAC 220 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC
Connections with AWG 14 (Blue)
A - H
H - I
K - L
A - F
F - G
K - L
A - D
D - E
K - L
A - B
B - C
K - L
A - H
K - I
A - F
K - G
A - D
K - E
A - B
K - C
F3 F2 F1
Mains Fuses F1 = F2 = 20 A medium Mains Fuses F1 = F2 = 15 A medium
CAUTION
Only one of the fuses F1, F2, F3 must be inserted!
14-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.5.2 Wiring with transformer 11091 (200 V – 240 V)
Fig. 14-4 Module 10 wiring with transformer 11091 set to 115 V
Select Voltage
Transformer 11091
200 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC
Connections with AWG 14 (Blue)
A - K A - I A - H
F2 F1
Mains Fuses F1 = F2 = 15 A medium
CAUTION
Only one of the fuses F1, F2, F3 must beinserted!
14-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.6 Connectors
The module 10 has many connectors and voltage tap settings. The following will provide informa-
tion on the name and function of the listed connector.
14.6.1 Mains input
14.6.2 Insulated XP0 PCB outlet
14.6.3 Internal mains distribution
X1: To P0 connector / Earth
1: Earth
Provides connection to the earth or chassis ground for safety
X2: Mains Input I / Line
1: Line
X3: Mains Input I / Neutral
1: Neutral
X22: XP0 connection
screw connection 1: XP0 connector / Internal mains to mobile stand
X23: XP0 connection
screw connection 1: XP0 connector / Internal mains to mobile stand
X24 - X30: Cart internal mains distribution 230 V~
3 pin Phoenix MSTBV 2,5/3-G connector
Order number Phoenix: 17 53 45 3
Part Number: 21368
Pin 1: Protective earth
Pin 2: 230 VAC insulated mains I / Neutral
Pin 3: 230 VAC insulated mains I / Line
14-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.6.4 On/Off connections
X9: XP0 On/Off
3 pin Panduit MLSS 100 connector
Part Number: 21364
Pin1: OFF / active low
Pin 2: ON / active low
Pin 3: Ground
X8: Keyboard On/Off Flat Ribbon Connector
10 pin flat ribbon connector
Part Number: 21090
Pin 1: Ground
Pin 2: Ground
Pin 3: LED output
Pin 4: LED output
Pin 5: n. c.
Pin 6: n. c.
Pin 7: ON / active low
Pin 8: ON / active low
Pin 9: OFF / active low
Pin 10: OFF / active low
X31: Thermo Switch Main Transformer
2 pin Panduit MLSS 100 connector
Part Number: 21335
Pin 1: Thermo switch
Pin 2: Thermo switch
Main power off
14-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.7 Fuses
X4: Additional Key Switch
2 pin Panduit MLSS 100 connector
Part Number: 21335
Pin 1: key switch
Pin 2: key switch
Main power off
Must be shorted if no key switch is installed
Fuse F1 Mains Fuse
210-220-230-240 VAC system
Mains Fuse: 15 A medium / Part Number: 17020
105-110-115-120 VAC system
Mains Fuse: 20 A medium / Part Number: 17044
Fuse F2 Mains Fuse
210-220-230-240 VAC system
Mains Fuse: 15 A medium / Part Number: 17020
105-110-115-120 VAC system
Mains Fuse: 20 A medium / Part Number: 17044
Fuse F1
240 VAC system
Supply voltage: 100 mA slow / Part Number: 17010
Not installed for 230 VAC; 115 VAC; 110 VAC; 105 VAC
Fuse F2
210-220-230 VAC system
Supply voltage: 100 mA slow / Part Number: 17010
Not installed for 240 VAC; 115 VAC; 110 VAC; 105 VAC
14-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
Fuse F3
105-110-115-120 VAC system
Supply voltage: 100 mA slow / Part Number: 17010
Not installed for 240 VAC; 230 VAC
Fuse F4
Supply voltage: 315 mA slow
Installed for all mains input voltages
14-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.8 U357 schematics
14.8.1 Power-on logic
Fig. 14-5 U357 schematic power-on logic
14-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.8.2 U357 schematic power distribution
Fig. 14-6 U357 schematic power distribution
14-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.9 Module 10 Transformers
14.9.1 Transformer 11090 105 V – 240 V 
Fig. 14-7 Transformer 11090 105 V – 240 V
14-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.9.2 Transformer 11091 200 V – 240 V
Fig. 14-8 Transformer 11091 200 V – 240 V
14-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14.9.3 Mains transformer thermo fuse
Protective Device
Thermo sensor
Rating: 120 °C
UL recognized
Not connected to primary and/or secondary circuit
14-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
14 Power Supply
14-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15
Image Memory System
Module 11
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
15.1 Features ........................................................................................................... 15-1
15.2 Barebone Front view Step 1............................................................................. 15-3
15.3 Barebone Front view Step 2............................................................................. 15-4
15.4 Complete Front View Step 1 ............................................................................ 15-5
15.5 Complete Front View Step 2 ............................................................................ 15-6
15.6 Side View ......................................................................................................... 15-7
15.7 Barebone Inside View Step 1 ........................................................................... 15-8
15.8 Barebone Inside View Step 2 ........................................................................... 15-9
15.9 Complete Inside View Step 1 ........................................................................... 15-10
15.10 Complete Inside View Step 2 ........................................................................... 15-11
15.11 Image Memory Service Settings ...................................................................... 15-12
15.11.1 Overview ........................................................................................... 15-12
15.11.2 Service settings................................................................................. 15-12
15.11.3 Step windowing................................................................................. 15-13
15.11.4 Filter factors ...................................................................................... 15-15
15.11.4.1Filters for anatomical programs ......................................... 15-16
15.11.4.2Filters for subtraction modes ............................................. 15-19
15.11.4.3Filters for subtraction modes with CO2 ...................................... 15-20
15.11.5 Windowing settings for subtraction modes........................................ 15-21
15.11.6 DICOM settings................................................................................. 15-22
15.11.7 System settings................................................................................. 15-22
15.11.8 Monitor calibration............................................................................. 15-25
15.11.9 HEDIS data ....................................................................................... 15-27
15.11.10 Software update ................................................................................ 15-29
15.12 Displaying Additional Information ..................................................................... 15-30
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.1 Features
Mains 230 VAC
Mains Cycles 50/60 Hz
Rating 300 W
CPU VIA 750 MHz, 128 MB RAM
Hard disk 8 GB partition for system, Ziehm file system for images
Number of Images 3 /150 / 1000 / 5000
Patient Folder System Mosaic view with 16 thumbnail images and search function
Video Input/Digitizing 25 Hz non interlaced, 8 bit / 50Hz interlaced, 8 bit
Scan Rate 15 MHz
Pixels 576 × 576 × 8 bit
Alu 16 bit
Filtering Stack filter: 1....16
Recursive Filter: 0....3
Real-time edge filter: 0....4
Subtraction DSA, MSA, RSA, Auto-MSA, Auto-RSA Phase 1;
with pixel shift and landmarking
Post Processing Zoom, rotation and image reversal
Measuring function, inversion, Windowing
Cine 1 / 2 / 4 / 8 / 12.5 frames per second
Length: 50, 100, 150, 200, 250 images
Monitor out 75 Hz non interlaced (type detection by dongle / IIC interface)
types:
− 17" CRT
− 18.1" TFT
− 23" 16:9 split screen
Brightness Sensor
via IIC Bus
Automatic brightness control by ambient light
VIDEO OUT external 50 Hz CCIR
15-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/201015 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
Interfaces CAN, USB, RS232, SCSI, Ethernet, Floppy, IIC; Centronics 
(VGA + keyboard for service)
Floppy 3.5"; 1.44 MB; DICOM images or TIF images
CD-R drive for backup, TIF images, DICOM images
MO drive 3.5"; 640 MB for backup, TIF images or DICOM images
USB drive for backup, TIF images or DICOM images.
DICOM RJ45 or LWL
Storage / Query / Retrieve / Print / Worklist / MPPS / Storage 
commitment / Media Storage
Paper Printer UP960, UP980
VCR Remote Interface implemented
NOTE
The availability of features depends on the options installed.
15-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.2 Barebone Front view Step 1
Fig. 15-1 Module 11 barebone front view Step 1
15-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.3 Barebone Front view Step 2
Fig. 15-2 Barebone Front view Step 2
15-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.4 Complete Front View Step 1
Fig. 15-3 Module 11 complete front view Step 1
15-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.5 Complete Front View Step 2
Fig. 15-4 Module 11 complete front view Step 2
15-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.6 Side View
Fig. 15-5 Module 11 side view
15-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.7 Barebone Inside View Step 1
Fig. 15-6 Module 11 barebone inside view Step 1
15-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.8 Barebone Inside View Step 2
Fig. 15-7 Module 11 barebone inside view Step 2
15-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.9 Complete Inside View Step 1
Fig. 15-8 Module 11 complete inside view Step 1
15-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.10 Complete Inside View Step 2
Fig. 15-9 Module 11 complete inside view Step 2
15-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11 Image Memory Service Settings
15.11.1 Overview
General
A large number of parameters can be preset for the Ziehm Vista. This is done in a configuration 
menu.
How to use menus
To open the Configuration Menu, you use the MENU key on the monitor cart.
To switch between the different menu items, do the following:
• Press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on the desired menu item.
To select a setting option, do the following:
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the desired option appears, 
or
• Enter the desired value using the alphanumeric keypad on the control panel.
15.11.2 Service settings
Function
The Service Settings menu is used for modifying different system parameters which affect both 
the quality of the fluoroscopic image and the user interface.
Password
The Service Settings menu is password-protected. If you are an authorized person, you can 
obtain the password from your local Ziehm dealer.
15-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
Fig. 15-10 Service Settings menu
15.11.3 Step windowing
Function
The Step Windowing menu is used for presetting 4 fixed steps for the contrast window level (L) 
and width (W). During fluoroscopy, you can select these steps with the contrast keys on the C-
arm stand.
NOTE
For the subtraction modes, no step windowing is available.
15-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
Fig. 15-11 Step Windowing menu
Parameter range
The available parameter range (0–255) is displayed as soon as the menu item is selected with the 
down arrow or up arrow key. The desired values must be entered with the alphanumeric keys.
Activating the step windowing mode
The Windowing menu item is used for setting either standard windowing mode or step windowing 
mode for the contrast keys on the C-arm stand.
− Windowing: Off
The contrast keys on the C-arm stand work in standard windowing mode.
− Windowing: On
The contrast keys on the C-arm stand work in step windowing mode.
Default setting
The default windowing steps which are activated after power-up can be programmed for each indi-
vidual anatomical program under Configuration Menu → Service Settings → Filter Factors → 
Organ 0 / Organ 1 / Organ 2 / Soft (→ Ch. 15.11.4.1, p. 15-16).
NOTE
Default values are listed in the adjustment chapter.→ Ch. 19.2.3.1, p. 19-14
15-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11.4 Filter factors
Function
The Filter Factors submenu is used for setting different filter factors for each anatomical program 
and each subtraction mode in separate submenus.
Fig. 15-12 Filter Factors menu
Menu item Anatomical program
Organ 0 = extremities & children
Organ 1 = head, spine & pelvis
Organ 2 = thorax & abdomen
15-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11.4.1 Filters for anatomical programs
Filter types
For each of the anatomical programs Organ 0, Organ 1, Organ 2 and Soft, the values for the 
following filters can be programmed:
− Recursive filter for continuous fluoroscopy
(independent settings for normal view, magnification 1 and magnification 2)
− Stack filter for continuous fluoroscopy
− Edge filter
− Default windowing step after power-up
− Stack filter for continuous pulse fluoroscopy
− Stack filter for snapshot
Fig. 15-13 Filter Factors for Organ Key 0 menu
15-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
Parameter values
The following parameter values can be set:
Recursive filter
The recursive filter adds a certain number of images (which are determined by the preset level) 
during fluoroscopy. Each newly-acquired image is superimposed by the result of the previous 
addition with a certain weighting factor. The higher the number of images, the greater the noise 
suppression, but also the greater motion blurring.
The values can be set independently for normal view, magnification 1 and magnification 2. The 
values are displayed in the lower left corner of the live screen in the following form: N=0, N=1, N=2, 
N=3.
The preset values can be adjusted during operation with the F2 and F3 keys on the C-arm stand 
control panel.
Stack filter
The stack filter generates and adds the preset number of images after radiation has been termi-
nated. The higher the preset number of images, the greater the noise suppression, but also the 
greater motion blurring if the patient moves during image generation.
Filter type Fluoroscopy mode Available parameters
Recursive filter Continuous fluoroscopy Level 0, 1, 2, 3
Stack filter Continuous fluoroscopy 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images
Edge filter Continuous fluoroscopy, 
continuous pulse fluoroscopy, 
snapshot
Level 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
Windowing step Continuous fluoroscopy, 
continuous pulse fluoroscopy, 
snapshot
Level -2, -1, 0, +1, +2
Continuous pulse Continuous pulse fluoroscopy 
(= stack filter)
1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images
Snapshot Snapshot 
(= stack filter)
1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images
15-17Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
Edge filter
The edge filter is used for setting a greater or lesser degree of enhancement (sharpening) of 
edges within the image. 4 levels of edge enhancement are available:
Increasing the level of edge enhancement will also cause any noise in the image to become more 
apparent, though.
Windowing step
This value determines which windowing step is automatically set by the system for the corre-
sponding anatomical program after power-up, provided that the step windowing mode has been 
activated (→ Ch. 15.11.3, p. 15-13).
You can adjust these default settings later during operation using the contrast keys on the C-arm 
stand.Continuous pulse
This setting defines how many images are used for the stack filter in continuous pulse fluoros-
copy mode (overriding the value specified under Stack filter).
Snapshot
This setting defines how many images are used for the stack filter in snapshot mode (overriding 
the value specified under Stack filter).
Level Meaning
0 No edge enhancement (original fluoroscopic image)
1 Slight edge enhancement
2 Medium edge enhancement
3 Strong edge enhancement
NOTE
Default values are listed in the adjustment chapter.→ Ch. 19.2.3.3, p. 19-15
15-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11.4.2 Filters for subtraction modes
Filter types
For each of the subtraction modes DSA, RSA and MSA, the values for the following filters can be 
programmed:
− Recursive filter
(independent settings for normal view, magnification 1 and magnification 2)
− Stack filter
− Edge filter
Fig. 15-14 Filter Factors for DSA Key menu
Parameter values
The following parameter values can be set:
Filter type Fluoroscopy mode Available parameters
Recursive filter Continuous fluoroscopy Level 0, 1, 2, 3
Stack filter Continuous fluoroscopy 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images
Edge filter Continuous fluoroscopy, 
continuous pulse fluoroscopy, 
snapshot
Level 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
NOTE
Default values are listed in the adjustment chapter.→ Ch. 19.2.3.3, p. 19-15
15-19Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11.4.3 Filters for subtraction modes with CO2 
Filter types
If the system is equipped with the CO2 option, the values for the following filters can be selected 
for each of the subtraction modes DSA, RSA and MSA in combination with CO2 negative contrast 
medium:
− Recursive filter
(independent settings for normal view, magnification 1 and magnification 2)
− Stack filter
− Edge filter
Fig. 15-15 Filter Factors for CO2 DSA menu
Parameter values
The following parameter values can be set:
Filter type Fluoroscopy mode Available parameters
Recursive filter Continuous fluoroscopy Level 0, 1, 2, 3
Stack filter Continuous fluoroscopy 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 images
Edge filter Continuous fluoroscopy, 
continuous pulse fluoroscopy, 
snapshot
Level 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
NOTE
Default values are listed in the adjustment chapter.→ Ch. 19.2.3.3, p. 19-15
15-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11.5 Windowing settings for subtraction modes
Function
This menu is used for setting default values for the width (W) and level (L) of the contrast window. 
This is done separately for DSA, MSA and RSA.
If the system is equipped with the CO2 option, the default windowing values for each individual 
subtraction mode in combination with CO2 can be set in addition.
Fig. 15-16 Windowing Settings for Subtraction Modes menu
Parameter range
The available parameter range (0–255) is displayed as soon as the menu item is selected with the 
down arrow or up arrow key. The desired values must be entered with the alphanumeric keys.
Function key F3 – CO2 moves the cursor to the column where the default windowing values for 
the subtraction modes with CO2 negative contrast medium are set. 
Function key F3 – Normal returns the cursor to the column where the default windowing values 
for the subtraction modes with positive contrast medium are set.
NOTE
The default values are listed in the adjustment chapter (→ Ch. 19.2.3.3, p. 19-15).
15-21Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11.6 DICOM settings
→ Ch. 16
15.11.7 System settings
In the System Settings menu, you can set or modify the following system parameters with the 
cursor keys:
− Vario 3D function
− DSA mask
− Ambient light sensor
− Histogram
− Dose area product
− File check
− Collimators
− Language
Fig. 15-17 System Settings menu
Vario 3D function
On a Ziehm Vista, the Vario 3D function must always be set to Off.
15-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
DSA mask
If the option Always is set, a new mask image is acquired during each DSA.
Ambient light sensor gain
Under Bri sensor gain you define to which extent the system adjusts the screen backlight bright-
ness to the ambient light conditions. You can select a value between 1 (weak gain) and 20 (strong 
gain).
Ambient light sensor limit value
Under Bri sensor limit you specify a maximum value for the screen backlight brightness. You can 
select a value between 0 and 32.
Ambient light sensor speed
Under Bri sensor speed you define how long it takes to adjust the screen backlight brightness to 
changes in ambient light conditions. You can select a value between 10 s and 60 s.
Histogram
Here you define whether the histogram is displayed or not.
Dose area product
Here you define whether the dose area product is displayed on the live screen or not.
File check
Here you define whether the system checks the internal image data list for corrupt files during 
power-up.
Collimator offset and collimator factor
→ Ch. 9.4.4, p. 9-12
NOTICE
You must always set the Always option under DSA mask.
NOTE
Histogram function will be disabled automatically after system has been turned off.
NOTICE
You must always set the On option under File check.
15-23Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
Language
You can choose between the following languages for the user interface:
− DEUTSCH
− ENGLISH
− FRANÇAISE
− ITALIANO
− ESPAÑOL
− SVENSKA
− POLSKI
− CZECH
To apply the settings, do the following:
• Press key F1 – Save.
• Switch off the system.
• Switch the system back on.
• The new settings are valid now.
To discard system settings that have not been applied yet, do the following:
• Press key F2 – Cancel, or
• Quit the Service Settings menu without applying the settings.
15-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11.8 Monitor calibration
This menu only appears in units equipped with CRT monitors.
In the Monitor Calibration menu, you set the vertical and horizontal scaling and position of the 
screen display using a test image. There are 6 different test images available.
Furthermore, the monitor’s serial number is automatically displayed in the Monitor Calibration 
menu.
Fig. 15-18 Monitor Calibration menu
15-25Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
To calibrate a monitor, do the following:
• In the Monitor Calibration menu, press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is 
on the Select monitor menu item.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the desired screen (Left or Right) is displayed.
• The Monitor Calibration menu appears on the selected screen.
• Press the down arrow key.
• The Test image menu item is selected.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the desired test image (test image 1–6) is 
selected.
• The selected test image is displayed on the other screen.
• Press the down arrow key.
• The Hor. size menu item is selected.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the image has the desired horizontal size.
• Press the down arrow key.
• The Hor. position menu item is selected.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the image is in the desired horizontal position.
• Press the down arrow key.
• The Vert. size menu item is selected.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the image has the desired vertical size.
• Press the down arrow key.
• The Vert. position menu item is selected.
• Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the image is in the desired vertical position.
• Press key F1 – Save to apply the settings.
15-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11.9 HEDIS data
To upload the image memory data of the system to a USB storage device, do the following:
• In the Service Settings menu, pressthe up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on 
the HEDIS data menu item.
• Press the Enter key.
• The keys F1 – Export and F2 – Import appear on the screen.
Fig. 15-19 Service Settings menu, HEDIS data menu item
• Plug the USB storage device to which you want to upload the image memory data into the USB 
port.
• Press key F1 – Export.
• The image memory data is uploaded to the USB storage device and saved there.
• Press the ESC key.
15-27Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
To download image memory data from a USB storage device to the system, do the follow-
ing:
• In the Service Settings menu, press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on 
the HEDIS data menu item.
• Press the Enter key.
• The keys F1 – Export and F2 – Import appear on the screen.
Fig. 15-20 Service Settings menu, HEDIS data menu item
• Plug the USB storage device with the image memory data you want to download to the system 
into the USB port.
• Press key F2 – Import.
• The image memory data is downloaded from the USB storage device to the system and saved 
there.
• Press the ESC key.
15-28 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.11.10 Software update
To perform a software update, do the following:
• In the Service Settings menu, press the up arrow or down arrow key until the cursor is on 
the Software update menu item.
• Plug the USB storage device that contains the update package into the USB port.
• Press the Enter key.
The following confirmation prompt appears:
Do you really want to update? Y/N
Fig. 15-21 Service Settings menu, Software update menu item
• Press the Y key on the alphanumeric keypad.
The software update is installed.
Once the complete software update package has been installed, the following message is dis-
played:
Software update is completed
Please switch the system OFF and ON
• Switch the system off and back on.
15-29Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15.12 Displaying Additional Information
To display additional information about the image memory do the following:
• Press the menu key.
• Select “Basic Settings”.
• Press Enter.
• Press the “Right Arrow” and “Image Transfer” keys simultaneously.
Fig. 15-22 “Right Arrow” and “Image Transfer” keys
Additional information will appear in the “Basic Settings” menu.
Fig. 15-23 “Basic Settings” menu with additional information
15-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
Information contains:
− First row
− Version and release date of image memory software
− Serial number of image memory
− Serial number of C-arm (only if C-arm is connected)
− Second row
− Firmware versions of image memory hardware
− Third row
− Information about enabled options
− Fourth row
− Information about enabled options
− Storage capacity of image memory
− Fifth row
− Information about video system (interlaced / non interlaced)
− Information about enabled options
15-31Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
15-32 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16
DICOM
Configuration Manual
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
16.1 DICOM Overview ............................................................................................. 16-1
16.2 DICOM and Network Parameters..................................................................... 16-2
16.3 DICOM Configuration ....................................................................................... 16-4
16.3.1 Configuration of Storage and Storage Commitment ......................... 16-4
16.3.2 Configuration of Media Storage ........................................................ 16-6
16.3.3 Configuration of DICOM Query/Retrieve........................................... 16-8
16.3.4 Configuration of Worklist and MPPS................................................. 16-12
16.3.5 Configuration of the print servers ...................................................... 16-17
16.3.6 Test of the configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo)................. 16-21
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.1 DICOM Overview
DICOM means Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine. This worldwide standard was 
developed by ACR and NEMA for the exchange of information between digital imaging computer 
systems in medical environments.
The Ziehm C-arm can be supplied with 5 DICOM options:
1 With the DICOM Storage option you can send x-ray documentation to a DICOM computer 
network. With DICOM Storage Commitment you can get a confirmation from the archive 
that an image is saved. 
2 With the DICOM Media Storage option you can save x-ray documentation to a 650 MB for-
matted MO disk or DVD/CD.
3 The DICOM Query/Retrieve option is used to query patient, study, series and image data 
from a computer network.
4 The DICOM Worklist option is used to query a worklist job for today from a computer net-
work. MPPS can be used to send worklist jobs into the status “in progress” and finally “com-
pleted”.
5 The DICOM Basic Grayscale Print option is used to print x-ray images to a computer net-
work.
The basic document of the DICOM application is the “Conformance Statement”, which is obli-
gation for every “DICOM participant”. With this document you can decide whether the communi-
cation between Ziehm C-arm (SCU = Service Class User) and server (SCP = Service Class 
Provider) will be successful.
The DICOM transmission needs the network parameters described in the following section: 
16-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.2 DICOM and Network Parameters
To enable the system to establish a connection for a DICOM data transfer, you must specify the 
following network parameters:
− IP addr. DICOM server (IP = Internet Protocol)
Each host on the network is assigned an IP address consisting of a 32-bit number, e.g. 
192.168.127.080 (192.168.127 = group address, .080 = individual host)
IP address ranges (examples, other configurations are possible):
− Class A network: 10.0.0.0 to 10.255.255.255
− Class B network: 128.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255
− Class C network: 192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.255
− IP subnet mask
255.255.255.0 (subnet mask, combined with IP address yields group address, see above)
IP address ranges (examples, other configurations are possible):
− Class A network: 255.0.0.0
− Class B network: 255.255.0.0
− Class C network: 255.255.255.0
− Host name DICOM server
Name of the network host, e.g. sun-server, with unique IP address assignment
− AE title DICOM server (Application Entity = name of the application)
Name of the DICOM application on the server, e.g. INOARCHIVE for DICOM Storage
16-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
− Port addr. DICOM server
At this address, the server “listens” for requests from Ziehm NetPort.
− IP address gateway
If the server and Ziehm NetPort belong to different groups, a gateway must be specified, e.g. 
192.168.127.254.
− IP address ZiehmNetPort (IP address of Ziehm Vista)
− AE title ZiehmNetPort (AE title of Ziehm NetPort, freely configurable)
The DICOM Verification function enables you to check whether all parameters have been 
entered correctly (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21. The default port address for 
DICOM is set to 104 and cannot be reconfigured.
Entering special characters
In some lines of the network parameter input screen, you may enter certain special characters. 
Function keys F4 – < and F5 – > appear in this case. A list of the available special characters is 
displayed above these two functionkeys. As long as you hold down one of these two function 
keys, the available special keys are displayed one after the other in the order of the list. With F4 
– < you can scroll forward in the list. With F5 – > you can scroll backward in the list. 
16-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.3 DICOM Configuration
16.3.1 Configuration of Storage and Storage Commitment
Storage information model
When configuring the storage server, you specify not only the general network parameter
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also the storage information model (SOP class = Service Object Pair). 
You can choose between the following options:
− XA = X-ray Angiography
− CR = Computed Radiography
− SC = Secondary Capture
The original images furnished by Ziehm NetPort are of type XA. Since some servers do not sup-
port the XA SOP class, CR and SC are provided as alternatives.
Image attributes
Under Image attributes included you define which filter algorithms from the image memory are 
applied to the DICOM image prior to transfer. By default, all attributes are set to Off, and the raw 
image is transferred.
To configure the storage server, do the following:
• Press the MENU key.
The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the DICOM settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the Storage server menu item.
The DICOM Settings Storage Server menu appears.
16-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Fig. 16-1 DICOM Settings Storage Server menu
• Enter the network parameters.
When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering 
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.
• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...
• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or 
F5 – > until the desired special character appears.
• Activate or deactivate the desired image attributes.
• Press key F6 – Verify.
The system checks the network connection between SCU (Service Class User = Ziehm Net-
Port) and SCP (Service Class Provider = server) by means of a “ping”, the DICOM settings 
(e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends an ECHO request 
to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful 
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).
If your system includes the Storage Commitment function, the following message is dis-
played:
Do you want to activate NetCommit? Y/N
• Press the Y key if you want to activate the Storage Commitment function, or
• Press the N key if you do not want to activate the Storage Commitment function.
• Press key F1 – Save.
16-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.3.2 Configuration of Media Storage
Storage information model
When configuring the storage server, you specify not only the general network parameters 
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also the storage information model (SOP class = Service Object Pair). 
You can choose between the following options:
− XA = X-ray Angiography
− CR = Computed Radiography
− SC = Secondary Capture
The original images furnished by Ziehm NetPort are of type XA. Since some servers do not sup-
port the XA SOP class, CR and SC are provided as alternatives.
Image attributes
Under Image attributes included you define which filter algorithms from the image memory are 
applied to the DICOM image prior to saving. By default, all attributes are set to Off, and the raw 
image is saved.
DICOM graphics format
The DICOM format must have been set as graphics format for writing images to USB storage 
device or CD.
To configure Media Storage, do the following:
• Press the MENU key.
The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the DICOM settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the Media storage menu item.
The DICOM Settings Media Storage menu appears.
16-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Fig. 16-2 DICOM Settings Media Storage menu
• Enter the AE title and the SOP class.
When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering 
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.
• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...
• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special 
character appears.
• Activate or deactivate the desired image attributes.
• Press key F1 – Save.
16-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.3.3 Configuration of DICOM Query/Retrieve
Query model
When configuring the query/retrieve server, you specify not only the general network parameters 
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also the query model:
− PATIENT ROOT: Patient-level data
− STUDY ROOT: Study-level data
Network parameters for Retrieve
To enable Ziehm NetPort to connect to the Query server for the Retrieve function, you must enter 
its AE title, IP address as well as port 104. Use the same IP address and AE title as in the DICOM 
Settings Query Server menu (→ Fig. 16-3, p. 16-9).
To configure the query server, do the following:
• Press the MENU key.
The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the DICOM settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the Query server menu item.
The DICOM Settings Query Server menu appears.
NOTE
If several patients with the same patient ID are stored in the PACS, you will get the 
patient with the respective ID who is sent by the PACS first.
16-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Fig. 16-3 DICOM Settings Query Server menu
• Enter the network parameters.
When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering 
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.
• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...
• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special 
character appears.
• Press key F6 – Verify.
The system checks the network connection between SCU (Service Class User = Ziehm Net-
Port) and SCP (Service Class Provider = server) by means of a “ping”, the DICOM settings 
(e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends an ECHO request 
to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful 
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).
16-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Retrieve server
The retrieve server settings are entered in the DICOM Settings Retrieve Server X menu.
If any requested images cannot be found on the query server, Ziehm NetPort will automatically 
select the appropriate retrieve server using the retrieve AE title (which is provided by the query 
server).
To configure a retrieve server, do the following:
• Press the MENU key.
The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the DICOM settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the Query server menu item.
The DICOM Settings Query Server menu appears.
Fig. 16-4 DICOM Settings Query Server menu
• Place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server menu item.
• Press key F4 – < or F5 – >.
The DICOM Settings Retrieve Server menu for the selected retrieve server (1 or 2) is dis-
played.
16-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16DICOM Configuration Manual
Fig. 16-5 DICOM Settings Retrieve Server menu (here: Retrieve Server 1)
• Enter the network parameters.
The Gateway, IP address Ziehm NetPort and AE title Ziehm NetPort settings must be identical 
to the corresponding query server settings.
When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering 
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.
• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...
• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special 
character appears.
• Press key F6 – Verify.
The system checks the network connection between SCU and SCP by means of a “ping”, the 
DICOM settings (e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends 
an ECHO request to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful 
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).
16-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.3.4 Configuration of Worklist and MPPS
Search arguments for Worklist Server
When configuring the worklist server, you specify not only the general network parameters 
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also one or several search arguments:
− Modality: You can limit the Worklist to images of the XA or CR SOP class (→ p. 16-4)
− Station AE title: You can limit the Worklist to jobs that are assigned to the AE title ZiehmNet-
Port specified (= YES; NO = no limitation)
− Time span: The default setting for the time span is 0 – 24 o’clock of the current day. You may 
set a shorter period of time (full hours only).
− Location: You can limit the Worklist to jobs that are related to the location of the respective 
Ziehm NetPort, e.g. OR 1.
Operator’s name
In addition, you must enter the name of the radiological technologist under Operator’s Name.
To configure the worklist server, do the following:
• Press the MENU key.
The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the DICOM settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the Worklist server menu item.
The DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu appears.
16-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Fig. 16-6 DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu
• Enter the network parameters.
When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering 
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.
• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...
• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special 
character appears.
• Enter the desired search arguments.
• Enter the name of the radiological technologist under Operator’s Name.
• Press key F6 – Verify.
The system checks the network connection between SCU and SCP by means of a “ping”, the 
DICOM settings (e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends 
an ECHO request to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful 
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).
• Press key F1 – Save.
16-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
MPPS Server
When configuring the MPPS server, you specify only the general network parameters 
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2). The search arguments are irrelevant for the MPPS server.
To configure the MPPS server, do the following:
• Press the MENU key.
The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
Select the DICOM settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the Worklist server menu item.
The DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu appears.
Fig. 16-7 DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu
• Place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server menu item.
• Press key F5 – >.
The DICOM Settings MPPS Server menu appears.
16-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Fig. 16-8 DICOM Settings MPPS Server menu
• Enter the network parameters.
• Enter the name of the radiological technologist under Operator’s Name.
When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering 
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.
• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...
• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special 
character appears.
• Press key F6 – Verify.
The system checks the network connection between SCU and SCP by means of a “ping”, the 
DICOM settings (e.g. AE title) and common SOP classes (“association negotiation”). It sends 
an ECHO request to the SCP and waits for an ECHO response.
If all network parameters have been entered correctly, the message Verification successful 
is displayed (for error messages, → Ch. 16.3.6, p. 16-21).
If the connection has been successfully established, the following message appears:
Do you want to activate MPPS? Y/N
• Press the Y key if you want to activate the MPPS function, or
• Press the N key if you do not want to activate the MPPS function.
If the system was unable to establish a connection, the MPPS function is automatically deacti-
vated.
• Press key F1 – Save.
16-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Returning to the Worklist server configuration
To return from the DICOM Settings MPPS Server menu to the DICOM Settings Worklist 
Server menu, do the following:
• In the DICOM Settings MPPS Server menu, place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server 
menu item.
• Press key F4 – <.
The DICOM Settings Worklist Server menu appears.
16-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.3.5 Configuration of the print servers
Two print servers
You can configure two print servers if you wish. 
Print server 1 can be configured to perform one of the following functions:
− Print = DICOM Print
− Navigation (for a surgical navigation system)
− Storage2 = DICOM Store
Print server 2 can only be configured for the Print function.
Additional parameters
When configuring the print server, you specify not only the general network parameters 
(→ Ch. 16.2, p. 16-2), but also the following additional parameters:
− Number of copies: Here you define the number of hard copies (default setting: 1; setting 
options: 1–10).
− Print priority: Here you may define a certain priority for the print jobs (default setting: none; 
setting options: HIGH, MED, LOW).
− Medium type: Here you may define a certain printer medium (default setting: none; setting 
options: PAPER, CLEAR FILM, BLUE FILM).
− Film destination: Here you may define a certain output tray for the printed film, according to 
its intended use (default setting: none; setting options: MAGAZINE, PROCESSOR, BIN_1, 
BIN_2 ... BIN_9).
− Film session label: Here you may enter any text for labeling the film (default setting: none).
− Film size ID: Here you may specify the film size (default setting: none; setting options: 
8INX10IN, 8_5INX11IN, 10INX12IN, 10INX14IN, 11INX14IN, 11INX17IN, 14INX14IN, 
14INX17IN, 24CMX24CM, 24CMX30CM, A4, A3)
− Number / Page: Here you may specify how many images you want to print on one page 
(default setting: 1, setting options: 1, 2, 4, 6, 9, 12, 15, 20, 24)
− Min. Density or Max. Density: Here you define the desired minimum or maximum print density 
(default setting: none, setting options 0...65535).
− User Configuration: Here you define whether an additional dialog for making the print settings 
is displayed or not when the user selects the DICOM Print function (default setting: Off; setting 
options: Off, On).
− Function: Here youdefine which function is assigned to function key F5 – NetOutput in the 
Mosaic menu, Output submenu (default setting: Print; setting options: Print = DICOM Print, 
Storage2 = DICOM Store; Navigation = Navigation for a surgical navigation system)
Print Server 2: Only the Print = DICOM Print function is available.
16-17Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Configuring print server 1
To configure print server 1, do the following:
• Press the MENU key.
The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the DICOM settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the Print server menu item.
The DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu appears.
Fig. 16-9 DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu
• Enter the network parameters.
When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering 
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.
• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...
• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special 
character appears.
• Specify the print configuration parameters.
• Press key F1 – Save.
16-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Configuring print server 2
To configure print server 2, do the following:
• Press the MENU key.
The Configuration Menu appears.
• Select the Service settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the DICOM settings menu item.
• Type the password and press the Enter key.
• Select the Print server menu item.
The DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu appears.
Fig. 16-10 DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu
• Place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server menu item.
• Press key F5 – >.
The DICOM Settings Print Server 2 menu appears.
16-19Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Fig. 16-11 DICOM Settings Print Server 2 menu
• Enter the network parameters.
When the cursor is in certain lines of the input screen, additional function keys for entering 
lower case letters and special characters are displayed.
• To enter lower case letters, press key F3 – abc...
• To enter a special character, press and hold down key F4 – < or F5 – > until the desired special 
character appears.
• Specify the print configuration parameters.
• Press key F1 – Save.
Returning to the print server 1 configuration
To return from the DICOM Settings Print Server 2 menu to the DICOM Settings Print Server 1 
menu, do the following:
• In the DICOM Settings Print Server 2 menu, place the cursor on the IP addr. DICOM server 
menu item.
• Press key F4 – <.
The DICOM Settings Print Server 1 menu appears.
16-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16.3.6 Test of the configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo)
The DICOM Verification function enables you to check whether all parameters have been 
entered correctly. If the verification procedure is not successful, one of the following error mes-
sages is displayed:
Error message Cause(s)
No connection to server
(is displayed in the respective interface lan-
guage)
Server is missing or not switched on, or 
wrong IP address.
PC/TCP resident module is not loaded; 
aborting program
up to SW 15:
No connection to server
Network interface card driver is not loaded
PCTCP in autoexec.bat is not set
Failed to connect to remote host [v5]
up to SW 15:
No connection to server
Server is not switched on
IP address of DICOM server is wrong
IP subnet mask is wrong
Unable to resolve host name to ip address 
[v5]
up to SW 15:
No connection to server
Host name of DICOM server is wrong
(use IP address instead of host name)
Association negotiation failed [v5]
up to SW 15:
SYSTEM ERROR 23
AE title of DICOM server is wrong
Port address of DICOM server is wrong
AE title of Ziehm NetPort is wrong (when try-
ing to connect to the server)
no common SOP classes (mergecom.app)
Connection aborted before association 
negotiation was completed [v5]
up to SW 15:
No response from server
Port address of DICOM server does not exist
Application on the server is not running
Required Configuration Info Missing [v5]
up to SW 15:
No response from server
Wrong mergecom.app
MERGE.INI file cannot be located [v1]
up to SW 15:
SYSTEM ERROR 3
Entry in autoexec.bat is missing
(Communication takes too long (> 20 s)) dicom\pctcp\pctcpsrv.drv file is incompatible
Network unexpectedly shutdown [v11] Server does not send an ECHO response, 
but association negotiation is okay
16-21Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
Message service unacceptable for this 
association [v8]
Wrong mergecom.app
STANDARD_ECHO is missing
Timed out waiting on network partner 
[v11]
Server does not recognize ECHO request or 
STANDARD_ECHO service
It may be necessary to restart the server (e.g. 
HIPAX server)
Network partner sent an invalid message 
[v11]
Server does not recognize ECHO request or 
STANDARD_ECHO service
It may be necessary to restart the server (e.g. 
HIPAX server)
Error message Cause(s)
16-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
DICOM Retrieve
The following error messages frequently occur at user level:
DICOM hardware faults
Response from server Cause(s)
0xa801 Ziehm NetPort is not properly connected to 
the server: wrong network settings
0xC000, 0xC001 Ziehm NetPort is not properly connected to 
the server: wrong DICOM settings, or image 
data is not stored on the query server
Fault Remedy
Image memory module fault Replace image memory module
Defective cables
Visible damage (kinks, pinches, abrasion, 
cuts)
No connection between two correctly 
functioning components (e.g. hub – hub), 
simple continuity test can be performed with 
a multimeter
Replace cables
Defective socket(s)
Visible damage
No connection between correctly functioning 
components (e.g. hub – cable – socket – 
server)
Replace FOC sockets on the monitor cart
If the defective sockets are within the hospital 
network: Plug the monitor cart into another 
socket for checking
Cable connection interrupted
Cable is not plugged in, cable is defective, 
socket is defective
Establish cable connection
FOC version:
RX and TX cables are swapped
The LINK LED on port 2 of the fiber optic 
converter is not lit.
Swap the RX and TX cables
16-23Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
16 DICOM Configuration Manual
16-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
17
DICOM
Conformance Statement
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
17 DICOM Conformance Statement
17 DICOM 
Conformance Statement
For more information on DICOM, please refer to our DICOM Conformance Statement.
17-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
17 DICOM Conformance Statement
17-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18
Software Tools
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
18.1 Exposcop Studio .............................................................................................. 18-1
18.1.1 Connection between notebook and C-arm........................................ 18-1
18.1.1.1 Location of the service connectors .................................. 18-1
18.1.2 Starting Exposcop Studio.................................................................. 18-1
18.1.3 Exposcop Studio user interface ........................................................ 18-3
18.1.3.1 Main window....................................................................18-3
18.1.3.2 Virtual keyboard............................................................... 18-4
18.1.3.3 Status line ........................................................................ 18-4
18.1.3.4 Workspace....................................................................... 18-5
18.1.4 Menu bar of Exposcop Studio software ............................................ 18-6
18.1.4.1 Exposcop ......................................................................... 18-6
18.1.4.2 “Workspace” .................................................................... 18-8
18.1.4.3 “Settings” ......................................................................... 18-9
18.1.5 “General” tab..................................................................................... 18-10
18.1.6 “Adjustment” tab................................................................................ 18-11
18.1.7 “Generator” tab ................................................................................. 18-13
18.1.8 “Update” tab ...................................................................................... 18-14
18.1.9 “Options” tab ..................................................................................... 18-16
18.1.9.1 Option bits........................................................................ 18-16
18.1.9.2 Temperature mode setup ................................................ 18-19
18.1.9.3 Hand and foot switch assignment.................................... 18-20
18.1.10 “Startup Config” tab........................................................................... 18-21
18.1.11 “kVmA Tab” tab................................................................................. 18-22
18.1.12 “Errors” tab........................................................................................ 18-23
18.1.13 “Times” tab........................................................................................ 18-24
18.1.14 “DAP” tab .......................................................................................... 18-25
18.1.15 “CAN” tab .......................................................................................... 18-26
18.1.16 Installation directory .......................................................................... 18-27
18.1.17 Update procedure ............................................................................. 18-28
18.1.18 Offline mode...................................................................................... 18-29
18.1.18.1 Floppy disks for software update ..................................... 18-30
18.1.18.2 Options - switch assignment............................................ 18-31
18.1.19 Problem correction ............................................................................ 18-32
18.2 Integrated Service Functions............................................................................ 18-33
18.2.1 General ............................................................................................. 18-33
18.2.2 Entering and exiting the Service mode ............................................. 18-33
18.2.3 Important keys .................................................................................. 18-33
18.2.4 Service programs.............................................................................. 18-34
18.2.4.1 Program 0 (software version) .......................................... 18-34
18.2.4.2 Program 1 (iris collimator size for format 24 cm) ............. 18-34
18.2.4.3 Program 2 (iris collimator size for format 30 cm) ............. 18-34
18.2.4.4 Program 3 (iris collimator size for 40 cm format) ............. 18-34
18.2.4.5 Program 4 (iris collimator size for i.i. format) ................... 18-35
18.2.4.6 Program 5 (iris collimator size for magnification 1).......... 18-35
18.2.4.7 Program 6 (iris collimator size for magnification 2).......... 18-35
18.2.4.8 Program 7 (startup key adjustment) ................................ 18-35
18.2.4.9 Program 8 (program the startup key adjustment) ............ 18-36
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
18.2.4.10 Program 9 (adjust filter codes without magnifier)............. 18-37
18.2.4.11 Program 10 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 1)............. 18-37
18.2.4.12 Program 11 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 2)............. 18-37
18.2.4.13 Program 12 (disable or enable radiography mode) ......... 18-38
18.2.4.14 Program 13 (disable or enable autotransfer) ................... 18-38
18.2.4.15 Program 14 (show fluoroscopy program kV/mA curve) ... 18-38
18.2.4.16 Program 15 (show fluoroscopy program table CCD) ....... 18-38
18.2.4.17 Program 16 (select crosshair Compact) .......................... 18-38
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18 Software Tools
18.1 Exposcop Studio
This program is a tool with which you can perform various service procedures on the mobile X-ray 
systems of the Ziehm 7000, 8000, Compact and Vista series. This requires, however, that you 
have acquired the necessary skill and knowledge by attending a training at Ziehm Imaging. If this 
is not the case, you should not try to change the settings of your Ziehm C-arm with this program, 
but instead request a trained service technician from Ziehm Imaging.
18.1.1 Connection between notebook and C-arm
Communication between notebook and C-arm is established via a CAN interface. There are two 
possibilities to connect a notebook to the C-arm:
• Via a USB-CAN adapter
• Via a PARCAN adapter (not available as a new part anymore)
The connection must be configured in the Exposcop Studio “Interface Selection” dialog box.
18.1.1.1 Location of the service connectors
The CAN adapter is connected to the hand switch socket.
18.1.2 Starting Exposcop Studio
In order to start the Exposcop Studio, you will find the Exposcop Studio under Start menu > Pro-
grams > Ziehm Imaging > Exposcop Studio.
It is recommended to create a shortcut on the desktop.
When you start the Exposcop Studio software, the GUI (Graphical User Interface) possibly may 
not start. If you get a window “Connecting the Exposcop”, followed by a message box “Interface”, 
the USB-CAN or PARCAN adapter cannot be found.
Fig. 18-1 “Interface” message box
18-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
Check your cable connection. If the cable is connected correctly, press the “Change” button.
Fig. 18-2 “Interface Selection” dialog box
Select either “PARCAN-Adapter” or “USB-CAN Adapter”. Select the LPT port your notebook uses. 
The other options refer to cards for stationary computers and are not used for field service.
If everything is configured correctly, after pressing “OK” the GUI will start.
If no dose measuring system is connected to the computer, enter value -1 in the Dosemeter Port 
field.
After pressing OK, another window may appear, if the adapter cannot communicate with the C-
arm:
Fig. 18-3 “Exposcop” dialog box
For details on how to solve this problem, → Ch. 18.1.19, p. 18-32, Problem correction
18-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.3 Exposcop Studio user interface
18.1.3.1 Main window
The main window displays a virtual keyboard for the Ziehm C-arm and below that a status line and 
a workspace. You can select different tabs with the tab labels at the bottom of the workspace for 
the various service tasks. Please note that you must select an image intensifier size before you 
can access another tab. Since the dose for the protocol and various default settings depend on 
this value, an adjustment is only possible after you have made a selection here.
Fig. 18-4 Graphical user interface of Exposcop Studio
18-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.3.2 Virtual keyboard
With the virtual keyboard you can control functions of the Ziehm C-arm that need to be changed 
frequently when working with the Studio Software. Additionallyit shows the current state of the 
Ziehm C-arm. You can press the keys with the mouse or use the following shortcuts:
18.1.3.3 Status line
In the status line you can see information about the selected organ program in plain text. Addition-
ally the number of the used organ table and kV/mA table is displayed. In the organ table the char-
acteristics for AGC, CCD iris and the video adjustment data are stored. The kV/mA table defines 
the current for a given voltage and so the intensity of X-ray radiation. Also the actual value of the 
CCD iris is shown.
PC key Ziehm C-arm key
F2 Thorax program
F3 Pelvis program
F4 Extremities program
F5 DSA
F6 RSA
F7 MSA
F8 Soft
F9 Metal
F10 Magnifier
F11 Half dose
Ctrl+F2 Fluoroscopy
Ctrl+F3 Pulsed fluoroscopy
Ctrl+F4 Snapshot
Ctrl+R Reset Ziehm C-arm
18-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.3.4 Workspace
The workspace has a number of tabs for the various service procedures you can do with Studio 
Software. To switch between them, press the corresponding tab label at the bottom. You can also 
press Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Shift+Tab to switch to the next or previous tab.
The following tabs are available:
− General shows serial numbers, software versions and the error status.
− Adjustment allows changing the adjustment data for the selected organ program.
− Generator is where you can change the generator settings.
− Update allows you to update the software in the Ziehm C-arm.
− Options is the tab where you can change the option settings.
− Under Startup Config you can change the way the Ziehm C-arm starts up after power-on.
− Under kVmA Tab you can view the kV/mA table for the current organ program.
− Error shows the error log and allows download and erase the error log
− Times provides different timer settings
− DAP: dose meter setup
− CAN: performs a ping to all CAN modules
18-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.4 Menu bar of Exposcop Studio software
18.1.4.1 Exposcop
Fig. 18-5 Menu “Exposcop”
The “Exposcop” menu contains three items:
− “Program module”
− “Write RAM signature”
− “Exit Exposcop Studio”
18-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.4.1.1 Program module...
The “Program module...” command opens a window which allows to program single modules 
manually without machine data conversion and transmission. This is required if a module has lost 
its software and is not displayed on the “Update” tab anymore.
Fig. 18-6 “Program single module” dialog box
The module name and the required software version (corresponding to a global release) have to 
be selected. Now programming can be started. After programming, machine data for the module 
has to be transmitted.
Available modules are:
− U325 Module 2
− U180 Module 3
− U181 Module 6 Keyboard Ziehm 7000
− U400 Module 6 Keyboard Ziehm 8000 and Vista
− U353 CAN interface Ziehm 7000 Monitor Cart USA
− U385 Module 11 Image Memory
− U501 Video & Dose control
18-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.4.1.2 “Write RAM signature”
This function has to be used after battery replacement on the U325 board in order to clear the 
Warning “E32”.
18.1.4.1.3 “Exit Exposcop Studio”
This will terminate the software.
18.1.4.2 “Workspace”
Allows to switch between the different workspaces.
Fig. 18-7 “Workspace” menu
18-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.4.3 “Settings”
Fig. 18-8 “Settings” menu
The “Settings” menu contains three items:
− “Protocol dose adjustment” 
This function creates a protocol of the adjustment values and the nominal dose values.
− “Protocol Directory” 
Sets up the directory for the protocol file
− “Machine Data directory” 
The “Machine data directory” command opens a browser window which allows you to set 
the machine data directory of the Exposcop Studio. This directory is required for storing the 
downloaded machine data of the unit.
− “Interface” 
Opens the “Interface Selection” dialog box as described above (→ Ch. 18-2, p. 18-2).
18-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.5 “General” tab
Fig. 18-9 “General” tab
On the “General” tab, you receive information about:
− C-arm type
− Serial number of the mobile stand (from GAL on U328 of module 2)
− Serial number of the image memory (from GAL on U385)
− Global SW version
− SW versions and release date and of every CAN bus module
− Organ key assignment
The global software version displayed is the version of the U325. The software is consistent if all 
modules except U517 (virtual collimator) show an identical release date.
To activate the other tabs of the Exposcop Studio, the image intensifier size has to be selected 
from the drop-down box. This information is required for creating the protocol file.
18-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.6 “Adjustment” tab
Fig. 18-10 “Adjustment” tab
On the “Adjustment” tab you can do the dose and video adjustment for the current organ program. 
Which organ program is the current one is shown in the status line. You can also see there which 
organ table number and which kV/mA table are used for this organ program.
In the “fluoroscopy program to adjust” combo box, you specify which organ program will be 
adjusted.
The following options are available:
current The current program of the Ziehm C-arm is adjusted. This is the default setting.
Thorax The “Thorax” organ program is put on the corresponding organ key.
Pelvis The “Pelvis” organ program is put on the corresponding organ key. The appro-
priate kV/mA table is transmitted into the Ziehm C-arm.
18-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
In the area for dose adjustment you can adjust the AGC values and the settings for the CCD iris. 
You can use the slider, the +/- keys or the edit field. Please note that any entries in the edit field 
become effective only after you move away the cursor (e.g. with the tab key).
The Ziehm C-arm uses different values for these parameters depending on the state of the func-
tions “Magnifier” and “Half Dose”. The entered values are always used for the current state which 
is displayed in the status line. Additionally you can select the settings for the measurement area 
black, white and the control mode in the combo boxes.
In the area video adjustment, you set the parameters for white value, black value and the second 
black value (when the “METAL” key is pressed). As above, you can also use slider, +/- keys or 
edit field to make your settings.
Any changes that you make on this tab are sent to the Ziehm C-arm and become effective imme-
diately. To store the data in the permanent memory (EEPROM) press the “Store” key. Otherwise 
the data will be overwritten after the next change of the organ program. When you press the “Store 
Protocol” button, an entry in the adjustment protocol is created, if you have chosen to use a pro-
tocol with the “Settings\Protocol adjustment” menu item.
Please note that you cannot change some values in the standard edition of the Studio Software. 
The corresponding fields are dimmed.
Spine The “Spine” organ program is put on the “Pelvis” organ key. The appropriate 
kV/mA table is transmitted into the Ziehm C-arm.To put the original program on 
the “Pelvis” organ key, select “Pelvis” in the combo box again.
CO2 The Ziehm C-arm is prepared for the adjustment of the CO2 program. You can 
load default settings for the corresponding organ and kV/mA table. The CO2 
program is put to the “Thorax” key for adjustment. Switch back to the normal 
settings after adjustment by selecting “Thorax” in the combo box.
DSA The Ziehm C-arm is prepared for the adjustment of the DSA program. You can 
load default settings for the corresponding organ and kV/mA table. The DSA 
program is put to the Thorax key for adjustment.Switch back to the normal set-
tings after adjustment by selecting “Thorax” in the combo box.
18-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.7 “Generator” tab
On this tab, you can change the generator settings. Limit values and parameters for the iris, set-
tings for the D/A converter and time for the signal horn can be set.
Fig. 18-11 "Generator" tab
18-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.8 “Update” tab
Fig. 18-12 “Update” tab
The “Update” tab is used to update the CAN module software, to download machine data to a stor-
age medium and to restore machine data.
− “New software version”: Combo box for selecting the software version to be programmed.
− “Module”: Checked boxes indicate the modules that will be programmed. Modules which 
require an update are determined by comparing the release dates on the “General” tab. If 
release dates are not the same for all modules (except U517), the warning E35 will be dis-
played. 
For a complete update, all modules have to be checked. Only modules detected in the boot-
up phase will be displayed. For programming missing modules use “Program module...”.
− “Current Version” indicates the currently installed module version. The information will dis-
appear when programming of the respective module has started.
− “Read data” downloads the machine data to the selected machine data directory.
− “Select data file” allows to select and restore machine data from a storage medium (HD, 
FD, CD, ....). 
− “Program” will start the automatic programming procedure.
− “Verify program” will compare the installed software to the software files of the Exposcop 
Studio.
− “Write data” will restore machine data files to the C-arm.
− “Progress” indicates the programming progress. The upper bar indicates the complete pro-
cedure, the lower bar indicates the current step.
18-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
− “Current data files” indicates the machine data folder which is currently used.
The picture shows the proceeding of the software update.
Fig. 18-13 Update procedure
After a software update the machine parameters have to be reloaded into the Ziehm C-arm. 
Therefore it is required to specify the desired machine data files before the update. These files will 
be administered according to the following rules:
− When you press the “Select data file” button, you specify a set of machine data files (.mad 
and .org) that you want to use. A temporary copy will be made of these files. 
− When you press the “Read data” button, the machine data will be read out of the Ziehm C-
arm. The directory where they will be stored is specified under the “Settings\Machine data 
directory ...” menu item. The file names will be created from the serial number of the Ziehm 
C-arm and the extensions .mad (for machine data) and .org (for organ data).
Once this data is known in the Studio Software, the buttons “Program” and “Write data” are 
enabled. With the “Program” button you start the programming procedure. This will perform all the 
necessary steps for the software update:
− The machine data are converted to fit the desired software version. This means that for new 
machine data default values will be given and the current machine data will be transformed 
in the format of the new version. Should this conversion be not possible, the programming 
will be cancelled in this place before data in the Ziehm C-arm will be changed. 
− The software will be written to the EEPROM memories of the Ziehm C-arm modules. Only 
those modules that are checked in the list of modules on the right, will be programmed. 
However you should always program all modules to avoid compatibility problems. 
− The Ziehm C-arm will be reset, so that the modules are synchronized. Because the 
machine data are not yet loaded by this time, various error messages might be displayed 
which can be ignored. 
− The machine data that had been converted in the first step are transmitted back to the 
Ziehm C-arm. Depending on the old and new software version another reset of the Ziehm 
C-arm might be necessary. Eventually perform this reset by switching the device off and on.
Please note that the programming procedure can take more than 30 minutes. Cancelling the pro-
gramming usually leaves the Ziehm C-arm not functional so that you have to repeat the program-
ming before you can put it into operation.
18-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.9 “Options” tab
Fig. 18-14 “Options” tab
On the “Options” tab, you can set the device options of the Ziehm C-arm. Device options are the 
option bits for releasing or modification of detail functions and the hand and foot switch assign-
ment.
18.1.9.1 Option bits
With the option bits certain functions of the Ziehm C-arm can be enabled or modified. Currently 
bit groups 0, 1, 2 and 3 are in use. With a click on one of the radio buttons you can select the 
corresponding group. With a mouse click in the check box you can set or clear the corresponding 
option bit. The changes become effective immediately. The options have the following meaning.
NOTICE
Laptop must not run on battery while programming.
18-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
Bit Group “0”
Laser on When the Ziehm C-arm is supplied with a laser light it 
can be enabled with this bit.
Dose measurement on When the Ziehm C-arm is supplied with a dose meter it 
can be enabled with this bit.
X-ray + Alarm When this bit is set the Ziehm C-arm will always sound 
during radiation.
Disable Radiography When this bit is set the Ziehm C-arm will disable Radiog-
raphy at all.
Enable Magnify 2 The magnification 2 can be enabled with this bit.
X-ray time without radiography 
time
When this bit is set the Ziehm C-arm will not add the 
Radiography time to the Fluoroscopy time.
Do not check Compact lamp When the Ziehm C-arm is a no Compact unit, the lamp 
check has to be disabled with this bit.
No monitor rotation at power-on When this bit is set, the image will be displayed in stan-
dard (12 o’clock) position after power-up. Otherwise the 
last rotation setting is preserved.Only for 7000 series.
Bit Group “1”
No dose measurement at radi-
ography
When this bit is set, the dose in the Radiography mode 
will not be added to the total dose metering in the display 
on the keyboard.
Auto transfer Compact When this bit is set, a two-image memory system (if 
installed!) automatically transfers the first image to the 
second storage position at every beginning of fluoros-
copy.
Foot switch for radiography/
snapshot
When this bit is set, you can activate Radiography or 
Snapshot with the foot switch.
Disable iris collimator When this bit is set the iris collimator is totally disabled 
and movements are not monitored (no Errors E21, E22, 
E23).
Overtemperature MODE 1 → Ch. 18.1.9.2, p. 18-19, Temperature mode setup
Disable Magnify 1 When this bit is set, the magnification 1 is disabled
Overtemperature MODE 2 → Ch. 18.1.9.2, p. 18-19, Temperature mode setup
Enable METAL 2 Not used, should not be checked
18-17Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
Bit Group “2”
Snapshot: mA × 2 In single shot mode the machine does not use the fixed 
8.0mA, but the current from the last fluoroscopy mode is 
being doubled.
Black level fixed The black level is not controlled according to the video 
signal
VCR pause On/Off The VCR is started and stopped synchronous to radia-
tion.
SOFT toggle Pressing the SOFT key during SOFT mode switches the 
Ziehm C-arm back to the last organ program. If this bit is 
not set, SOFT mode can be left only by pressing an 
organ key.
New collimator The virtual collimator (With U517) is enabled with this 
bit. Standard collimator functions are disabled.
Disable position check The position check of the new collimator is disabled.
New DAP (VacuDAP 2002)VacuDAP 2002 installed in the system
Crosshair Compact Assigns crosshair function to F key (created in Mod 3)
Bit Group “3”
Crosshair Compact on
at power-up
Crosshair will automatically appear after bootup.
Stepwise image rotation
Compact
Enables 90 degree stepwise image rotation on Compact 
units equipped with flatscreen monitors. (Calculated in 
Mod. 3)
Compact with Flatscreen Has to be checked for Compact units equipped with flat- 
screen monitors. This affects the image orientation.
VacuDAP duo / DAP Has to be checked for DAP measurement.
VacuDAP duo / Kerma Has to be checked for air kerma measurement.
Block radiation on DAP overflow Disables next radiation release if measuring range is 
exceeded. Press “>0<min” button to reset.
18-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.9.2 Temperature mode setup
Case 1: MODE 1 and MODE 2 both are NOT set.
If the generator signals “overtemperature”, the Ziehm C-arm will operate as follows:
− temperature segment flashes – you cannot switch from fluoroscopy or pulse mode to 
snapshot or radiography mode
− if the “mA value” is higher than 0.5 mA, then the current will be limited to 0.5 mA and the 
mA value flashes on the keyboard
− if the Ziehm C-arm is in snapshot or radiography mode, it automatically switches back 
to fluoro mode
− This mode is not to be used anymore!
Case 2: MODE 1 is set, MODE 2 is NOT set.
If the generator signals “overtemperature”, the Ziehm C-arm will operate as follows:
− temperature segment does NOT flash, it remains “dark”
− switching the mode from fluoroscopy or pulse mode to snapshot or radiography is pos-
sible- the current will NOT be limited to 0.5 mA
− if snapshot or radiography mode is selected the modes are not changed, any mode 
remains as selected.
− Mode for water-cooled systems
Case 3: MODE 1 is NOT set, MODE 2 is set.
If the generator signals “overtemperature”, the Ziehm C-arm will operate as follows:
− temperature segment flashes – you cannot switch from fluoroscopy or pulse mode to 
snapshot or radiography mode
− if the “mA value” is higher than 0.5 mA, then the current will NOT be limited to 0.5 mA 
but the mA value flashes on the keyboard 
− if the Ziehm C-arm is in snapshot or radiography mode, it automatically switches back 
to fluoro mode
− Mode for non water-cooled systems.
Case 4: MODE 1 is set, MODE 2 is set
In this case the radiation is turned off and locked already, if the over temperature notification 
appears. This prevents the generator from running into the overheated state, where the water 
pump is turned off.
Mode for water-cooled systems. Only for generators with corresponding temperature adjustment.
18-19Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.9.3 Hand and foot switch assignment
By pressing a hand or foot switch various functions can be performed. The functions can be 
assigned according to the customer’s preferences. With the radio buttons you can select the hand 
or foot switch whose assignment you want to change. In the combo box the possible functions are 
selected.
For the Ziehm 8000 and Ziehm Vista C-arms, it is also possible to assign a tip and a hold function 
to the same switch. The tip function is executed if the user presses the switch only for a short time, 
the hold function is executed on a longer key press. In the dialog you can enter the time in msec, 
up to which a key press will be recognized as tip.
For the Ziehm 7000 C-arm, the foot switch function must be enabled by entering a magic number. 
Ask your sales partner for such a function.
The selected options are sent to the Ziehm C-arm with the “Send Switch” function.
NOTE
No switch function means: 
screen in the selected mode
Fluoroscopy means:
do only fluoroscopy (no snapshot or pulse mode will be possible with this 
switch)
18-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.10 “Startup Config” tab
Fig. 18-15 Startup configuration
On this tab, you can set the startup configuration for the Ziehm C-arm. The Ziehm C-arm has 6 
different startup configurations from which you can select the current one in the combo box.
The configurations 1 to 5 are user-defined, configuration 0 contains the factory presets. For the 
configurations 1 to 5 you can set the parameters that become active after power-up: Operating 
mode, organ program, key functions, kV and radiography time.
The configuration that you select in the combo box will be the next startup configuration.
18-21Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.11 “kVmA Tab” tab
Fig. 18-16 “kVmA Tab” tab
This tab shows the kV/mA characteristics of the generator. The table for the current organ pro-
gram is displayed graphically and in table form.
The red curve indicates the tube current in mA.
The green curve indicates the tube rating in W.
18-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.12 “Errors” tab
Fig. 18-17 “Errors” tab
This tab is used for displaying, resetting and storing the error log of the Ziehm C-arm. In this log 
error messages are stored with date and time of occurrence. A list of error and warning messages 
can be found in this service manual.
Up to 50 errors will be stored to this log file. The oldest error will be deleted if the log is full (FIFO).
When you press the “Update” button, the log will be downloaded again in order to receive mes-
sages that have appeared after Exposcop Studio has been started.
18-23Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.13 “Times” tab
Fig. 18-18 “Times” tab
On this tab, you can make various time settings. You can see the real time clock of the Ziehm C-
arm and the time of your service PC. With the “Set” button, you can set the real time clock to the 
clock of your PC. You can also set the time limit for the laser beam and check the radiation time 
of the Ziehm C-arm.
18-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.14 “DAP” tab
Fig. 18-19 “DAP” tab
On the DAP tab you can adjust the VacuDAP 2002 dose area product meter, or the VacuDAP duo 
air kerma and dose area product meter.
The meaning of the various parameters can be found in the manual of the measurement instru-
ment.
18-25Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.15 “CAN” tab
Fig. 18-20 “CAN” tab
The CAN tab allows to “ping” CAN modules and to display the acknowledge (answer of the mod-
ule).
− “Module”: Marked boxes indicate the modules that will be pinged. Only modules detected 
in the bootup phase will be displayed
− “Result” indicates the result of the “Ping”:
− “Ok”: the ping was successful, the pinged module has returned an acknowledge.
− “Timeout”: the ping was not successful, the pinged module has not returned an acknowl-
edge within a specified time window.
− “Ping” sends the ping to the selected modules.
− “Ack” clears the messages in the result fields.
If a module fails after Exposcop Studio was started, a timeout on the corresponding module will 
be displayed. This can be used to identify a faulty module that causes the C-arm to lock up.
Modules which have been missing during bootup will not be shown.
The U517 will always give Nack. because its controller (HC08) behaves different to the U300.
18-26 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.16 Installation directory
After installation you will find the folder “Exposcop Studio” in your program directory.
Fig. 18-21 Exposcop Studio installation directory
You will find the following files and folders:
− controls: folder that contains the control files for machine and organ data conversion
− versions: folder that contains all software files for the CAN modules
− Cam.avi: animation which is displayed during startup of the Exposcop Studio
− deutsch.dll and english.dll: language libraries
− Exposcop.chm: onlinehelp file (compiled html)
− Exposcop.ini: Initialization file
− All files starting with “k”: system files and libraries
− ExposcopStudio.exe: Exposcop Studio, double-click to start Exposcop Studio
− NanoMAXMonitor.dll: Driver for dose meter
− Offline.exe: tool for creating update floppy disks
18-27Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.17 Update procedure
1 Connect your notebook computer to the C-arm and start the Exposcop Studio.
2 Create a folder for the machine data. Name it e.g. by the serial number of the unit.
3 Select this folder by the menu “Settings” > “Machine data directory”.
4 Select the software version you want to install.
5 All Modules which are marked automatically.
6 Press “Read data”
7 Press “Program”
8 An automatic programming procedure is started.
• All selected modules are programmed and verified.
• The system is reset automatically
• Machine data is transferred.
• The system is reset automatically.
• A message box “Programming and machine data transfer from the current files success-
ful” appears.
• Press “OK”.
9 Programming is finished.
18-28 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.18 Offline mode
In offline mode you create floppy disks for updating the Ziehm C-arm or for assigning the foot 
switches without a direct CAN bus connection to the device. Because the Studio Software cannot 
read the data from the device, you first need to provide some information about the Ziehm C-arm 
for which you create the floppy disks.
Fig. 18-22 Offline mode serial number dialog box
Enter the type of the Ziehm C-arm (Ziehm 7000 or Ziehm 8000 and Ziehm Vista) and the serial 
number of the mobile stand. In the following dialog box you can choose if you want to create floppy 
disks for a software update or for changing the foot switch assignment. (Floppy disks for changing 
the foot switch assignment can be created only for the Ziehm 8000 and Ziehm Vista.)
18-29Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.18.1 Floppy disks for software update
To prepare floppy disks for the software update, select the desired software version. If there is any 
data in your machine data directory for this machine, you can start immediately with the creation 
of the floppy disks, otherwise the “Create” button is disabled (dimmed) and you must select the 
data files first.
During the creation the software will generate two subdirectories called “Old” and “New” in your 
directory for the disk images. “New” contains the files for the update. Copy these files (e.g. using 
the Windows® Explorer) to a floppy disk. To perform the update, connect a PC via a PARCAN 
adapter to the Ziehm C-arm, insert this floppy disk into the PC and start the update procedure with 
the command a:\prog. During the update the machine data which have been fitted to the software 
version will be transmitted, too.
In the “Old” subdirectory, you will find a disk image to undo the update process. Execute the undo 
exactly like the update, i.e. copy the files on to a floppy disk and start prog.bat from this floppy disk 
on the PC which is connected to the Ziehm C-arm via PARCAN.
Fig. 18-23 Offline tool for update
NOTE
Programming only will work on a PC with Microsoft® Windows® 98 or older using 
the PARCAN adapter.
18-30 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.18.2 Options - switch assignment
For the Ziehm 8000 and Ziehm Vista you can create a floppy disk set to change the hand and foot 
switch assignment. Since these floppy disks are used with the HEDIS, you have to enter its serial 
number. The setting of the assignments done the same way as in the online mode.
During the creation a subdirectory called “Switch” will be generated in the directory for disk 
images. Copy the files from this directory to a floppy disk (e.g. using the Windows® Explorer). You 
can transfer the switch assignment into the Ziehm C-arm via the floppy disk drive of the monitor 
cart.
Fig. 18-24 Offline tool for switch programming
18-31Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.1.19 Problem correction
With the selected interface no connection to the Ziehm C-arm can be established.
If the Studio Software cannot connect the Ziehm C-arm even though it succeeded to initialize the 
interface, several causes are possible.
Possible causes of this problem are:
The Ziehm C-arm is not 
switched on.
Switch on the Ziehm C-arm and wait until the kV and mA 
values are displayed on the keyboard of the mobile 
stand. Then press “Repeat”.
The cables to the Ziehm C-arm 
are defect, not plugged in or 
loose.
Check all the cable connections. Eventually replace the 
cables with new ones. Then press “Repeat”.
An external PARCAN-Adapter 
has no power supply.
Check the power LED on the PARCAN. 
PPARCAN Adapter requires a 
reset
Please note that the external PARCAN-Adapter has to be 
eventually reset after a failed connection attempt. To do 
this unplug the PARCAN power connection, wait for a few 
seconds and plug it in again. Then press “Repeat”.
CAUTION
Radiation might be released during reset of the PARCAN adapter!
Possible causes of this problem are:
The cables to the Ziehm C-arm 
are defect, not plugged in or 
loose.
Check all the cable connections. Eventually replace the 
cables with new ones. Then press “Repeat”.
The Ziehm C-arm has not fin-
ished its startup.
Wait until the kV and mA values are displayed on the key-
board of the mobile stand and try again.
The module “Main Controller” in 
the Ziehm C-arm does not 
respond.
The module 2 (U325) has no system program. Select the 
option “Module Programming” in the dialog box that is 
being displayed, choose U325 and the required software 
version. After successful programming you have to turn 
the Ziehm C-arm off and on again and load the machine 
data anew.
The Ziehm C-arms breaks the 
programming procedure after a 
short time with the message “Pro-
gramming failed!”.
The reason is in most cases the configuration of the par-
allel port. This interfaces operates with modern printers in 
ECP or EPP mode. This does not work with a PARCAN 
adapter, however.
Please set the parallel port back to “Standard Mode” if 
you get this message. This is done after power-up of your 
PC in CMOS setup. For details on that refer to the manual 
from your PC manufacturer.
18-32 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.2 Integrated Service Functions
18.2.1 General
Several service functions are integrated in the Ziehm Vista. These functions can be used without 
having a service PC.
18.2.2 Entering and exiting the Service mode
1 Switch to fluoro mode.
1 Switch off the laser if the laser is on.
2 Press the “laser” and “snapshot” keys for approx. 2 seconds.
3 press the “fluoroscopy” key until the laser control LED switches off.
The service mode is now enabled. The display shows on the dose display “P 00“.
To select the service program use the radiography time up and down keys,
for security programs additionally the slot collimator close key.
To set the values use the iris open and close keys.
To save the new values press the store key (store picture to hard disk).
To exit the service mode press the radiography on/off key.
18.2.3 Important keys
NOTE
Press the sequence of the above described key combination within 3 sec.
laser + snapshot, fluoroscopy enter service mode
radiography key exit service mode
radiography time up and down change service program
radiography time up/down + slot collimator close SECURITY service program
iris open and close adjust value
store key (memory) save changes
NOTE
Certain functions are not available with CAN module software 13.06 and above.
With CAN module software 13.08/14.03 and above, these functions are not 
available anymore
18-33Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.2.4 Service programs18.2.4.1 Program 0 (software version)
Shows the installed CAN module software version.
18.2.4.2 Program 1 (iris collimator size for format 24 cm)
(SECURITY) 
not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the radiography iris format for 24 cm.
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key, then press the store button. The 
actual value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.
18.2.4.3 Program 2 (iris collimator size for format 30 cm) 
(SECURITY) 
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the radiography iris format for 30 cm.
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key, then press the store button. The 
actual value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.
A value less than 20 cancels this function that means the 30 cm format key is disabled.
18.2.4.4 Program 3 (iris collimator size for 40 cm format) 
(SECURITY) 
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the radiography iris format for 40 cm.
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key, then press the store button. The 
actual value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.
A value less than 20 cancels this function that means the 40 cm format key is disabled.
18-34 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.2.4.5 Program 4 (iris collimator size for i.i. format) 
(SECURITY) 
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the fluoroscopy iris format for the image intensifier.
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key then press the store button. The actual 
value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.
18.2.4.6 Program 5 (iris collimator size for magnification 1) 
(SECURITY) 
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the fluoroscopy iris format for the image intensifier with magnifier 1 on. (The magnifier will 
switch on automatically if this program is entered.)
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key then press the store button. The actual 
value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.
18.2.4.7 Program 6 (iris collimator size for magnification 2) 
(SECURITY) 
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Adjust the fluoroscopy iris format for the image intensifier with magnifier 2 on. (The magnifier will 
switch on automatically if this program is entered.)
Move the iris to the correct size with iris open and close key then press the store button. The actual 
value of the size is shown on the radiation time display.
18.2.4.8 Program 7 (startup key adjustment)
Selection of a user defined startup keyboard configuration, i.e. which keys are preselected (pre-
pushed) when the machine is turned on.
With iris open and close keys select one of 6 possible configurations (value 0 to 5)
Value 0 is the default factory setting.
18-35Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.2.4.9 Program 8 (program the startup key adjustment)
Before entering this service menu, set the keys which have to come up after the machine is turned 
on. E.g. press 1/2 Dose a fluoroscopy program of your choice and image reverse left / right, then 
enter the service mode and step to this program (program 8).
Select a program place between 1 and 5.
Press the store key.
Now enter program 7 and select the proper value you set before.
You can store up to 5 different key definitions.
The following setups can be programmed:
− Values:
− kV-Value
− radiography time
− Keys:
− Extremities & Children fluoroscopy program
− Pelvis fluoroscopy program
− fluoroscopy program thorax
− fluoroscopy program soft
− Manual Mode function
− METAL function
− 1/2 Dose function
− Magnification function
− Vertical image reversal (up/down) function
− Horizontal image reversal (left/right) function
NOTE
For programming modes snapshot, pulsed fluoroscopy and radiography, use the 
Exposcop Studio (→ Ch. 18.1.10, p. 18-21).
18-36 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.2.4.10 Program 9 (adjust filter codes without magnifier)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Ziehm Compact only
Before entering this service menu, set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to edit. Then enter 
this menu. To adjust the filter code (0..3, 0 means no filtering), use the iris open and close key to 
select the filter value. Then press the store key. You can check the result with radiation on already 
now. If you do not like the result, change the filter code until you are satisfied and press the store 
key. Now you can leave the program.
18.2.4.11 Program 10 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 1)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Ziehm Compact only
Before entering this service menu set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to edit.
Do not switch the magnifier on. Then enter this menu. To adjust the filter code (0..3, 0 means no 
filtering) use the iris open and close key to select the filter value. Then press the store key. You 
can check the result with radiation on already now. If you don’t like the result change the filter code 
until you are satisfied and press the store key. Now you can leave the program.
This program can be used directly after program 9 (without leaving the service menu).
18.2.4.12 Program 11 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 2)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Ziehm Compact only
Before entering this service menu set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to edit. Do not switch 
the magnifier on. Then enter this menu. To adjust the filter code (0..3, 0 means no filtering) use 
the iris open and close key to select the filter value. Then press the store key. You can check the 
result with radiation on already now. If you don’t like the result change the filter code until you are 
satisfied and press the store key. Now you can leave the program.
This program can be used directly after program 9 or 10 (without leaving the service menu).
18-37Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
18 Software Tools
18.2.4.13 Program 12 (disable or enable radiography mode)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Use the iris open and close key to enable or disable the radiography mode.
18.2.4.14 Program 13 (disable or enable autotransfer)
Not available with SW13.06 and above
Ziehm Compact only
Use the iris open and close key to enable or disable the autotransfer function. Available only with 
Compact version and a 2-image memory system.
18.2.4.15 Program 14 (show fluoroscopy program kV/mA curve)
Before entering this service menu, set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to check. 
By using the service mode counter P14, you can see the number for the kV/mA curve used in the 
fluoroscopy program chosen such as (standard, pelvis, thorax, heart, soft) or in the subtraction 
mode (DSA, MSA, RSA). The number cannot be changed or stored.
18.2.4.16 Program 15 (show fluoroscopy program table CCD)
Before entering this service menu, set the proper fluoroscopy menu you want to check. 
By using the service mode counter P14, you can see the number for the fluoroscopy program table 
CCD chosen such as (standard, pelvis, thorax, heart, soft) or in the subtraction mode (DSA, MSA, 
RSA). The number cannot be changed or stored.
18.2.4.17 Program 16 (select crosshair Compact)
Ziehm Compact only
Enables the crosshair on a Compact unit (SW 13.03 and above).
Use the “open iris” and “close iris” keys to enable or disable the crosshair function.
The Crosshair function will be assigned to the “F” key.
18-38 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19
Adjustment Instructions
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
19.1 Dose & Video Adjustment ................................................................................ 19-1
19.1.1 Dose Adjustment............................................................................... 19-1
19.1.1.1 Dose adjustment parameters.............................................19-1
19.1.1.2 Dose adjustment procedure............................................... 19-1
19.1.1.3 Special cases for dose adjustment .................................... 19-2
19.1.2 Video Adjustment .............................................................................. 19-3
19.1.2.1 Video adjustment parameters............................................ 19-3
19.1.2.2 Video adjustment procedure.............................................. 19-3
19.1.3 Exposcop Studio Dialog for Dose Adjustment .................................. 19-4
19.1.4 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 .................................... 19-6
19.1.5 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista Plus .................................................. 19-7
19.1.6 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000....................................... 19-8
19.1.7 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista Plus..................................................... 19-9
19.1.8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 31/23cm............................ 19-10
19.1.9 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 17/15/11 cm...................... 19-11
19.1.10 Ziehm Vista Plus Organ Tables ........................................................ 19-12
19.2 Default Values .................................................................................................. 19-13
19.2.1 Measuring Circle Sizes ..................................................................... 19-13
19.2.2 Measuring Circle Sizes Vista Plus .................................................... 19-13
19.2.3 Monitor Cart Settings ........................................................................ 19-14
19.2.3.1 Step windowing levels ....................................................... 19-14
19.2.3.2 DSA windowing values ...................................................... 19-14
19.2.3.3 Filter factors non interlaced ............................................... 19-15
19.2.3.4 Filter factors interlaced ...................................................... 19-15
19.2.3.5 Filter factors Vista Plus ...................................................... 19-16
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.1 Dose & Video Adjustment
Dose adjustment has to be performed prior to the video adjustment. The adjustment of dose is 
performed with 25 mm Al + 1.5 copper put onto the generator. The dose is measured in front of 
the image intensifier grid. The dose values have to be taken from the dose table. You can adjust 
dose with the following parameters:
19.1.1 Dose Adjustment
19.1.1.1 Dose adjustment parameters
− Iris collimator
− This value influences the actual Iris CCD collimator.
A smaller value leads to a higher dose and vice versa.
− AGC
− This value influences the internal gain of the CCD camera
− Increasing the value will increase the dose.
19.1.1.2 Dose adjustment procedure
• Set to Full Dose
• Set iris collimator and “AGC full dose” to values given in the Organ Table.
• Adjust to full dose value by setting the iris collimator in the specified range
• If dose level is not adjustable then change “AGC full Dose” value.
• Set to Half dose
• Adjust to half dose value by changing “AGC half dose” value
19-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.1.1.3 Special cases for dose adjustment
− Half Dose:
Dose has to be adjusted at full dose first. By activating half dose, the iris collimator value is 
blocked. Half dose value adjustment is only done by changing “AGC half dose” value
− Snapshot:
Snapshot is a modifier to each application program and is adjusted via “Iris collimator snap-
shot”. Measure the accumulated dose for one shot. Do not measure the first shot, make sure 
that regulation has found its target before. Dose has to be below 2uG.
− DSA / MSA / RSA:
Assign the DSA function to the thorax key to do the adjustments without the DSA functionality 
of the Image Memory.
→ Ch. 18.1.6, p. 18-11 ff.
After Adjustment assign the prior function to the thorax key again.
19-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.1.2 Video Adjustment
19.1.2.1 Video adjustment parameters
− Black level:
− influences the black level of the video signal.
− increasing the value will increase the black level.
− White level:
− influences the white level of the video signal.
− increasing the value will increase the white level.
− 2. Black level:
− sets up a second black level if metal key is selected.
− increasing the value will increase the second black level.
19.1.2.2 Video adjustment procedure
• Put the grey step wedge into the optical path so that both angles of the grey step wedge (black) 
just contact the upper mask circle:
• Use histogram function in order to measure the video signal.
The histogram can be activated with the histogram function that appears in the menu 
Service > System Settings 
• Adjust the Black level as described in the video adjustment table.
• White level is adjusted in all organ programs to full range without clipping.
Exception: In Extremities and Pelvis/Spine mode it is set like indicated in the organ table.
• Adjust video Metal level. Therefore take a proper reference image without metal in each organ 
program. After getting metal in and pressing the metal switch there should be no difference 
Position II Active area Type and distance of 
the step wedge
Fig. 19-1 Grey Step Wedge
31 cm: (N with 31 cm II) large, about 30 cm to II
23 cm: (N with 23cm II)
(M1 with 31cm II)
large, about 10 cm to II
15 cm: (M1 with 23cm II)
positioning at N
(M2 with 31cm II)
positioning at M1
large, about 10 cm to II
11 cm: (M2 with 23cm II)
positioning at M1
small, about 10 cm to II
19-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
within the bone grayscale values of the image with and without metal.
19.1.3 Exposcop Studio Dialog for Dose Adjustment
Fig. 19-2 Exposcop Studio dialog for dose adjustment
CAUTION
Before making any adjustments not described here, please contact our Service 
Department.
19-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
Name Description
Dose adjustment
AGC full/half dose This value is setting the dose with respect to the analog gain in 
CCD camera. 
Increasing the value will increase the dose.
The setting (full / half dose) offered depends on the selected 
mode.
Iris collimator This value is setting the dose with respect to the CCD iris.
Increasing the value will decrease the dose.
This setting is only done in full dose mode, it cannot be changed 
at half dose.
Iris collimator
(snapshot)
This value is setting the snapshot dose with respect to the CCD 
iris.
Increasing the value will decrease the dose.
Snapshot only works at full dose, no half dose setting is required.
mA Factor Half Dose Sets up the factor for reduced mA in half dose mode.
kV/mA curve will be modified in half dose mode if factor is different 
from 100.
Control mode Sets up average or peak value measurement for dose regula-
tion
Measurement area black Measurement area for video black level regulation
Measurement area white Measurement area for dose regulation
Blanking Size of the blanking circle generated in the module 3
Video
Gamma Sets up the gamma correction value.
Black level 0–255: This is to adjust the black level within the image based on 
the black measurement area. 
White level 0–255: This is to adjust the white level within the image based on 
the whole image. 
Black Limit Limits the range of the black level regulator.
Set to 255 for full range
White Limit Limits the range of the white level regulator.
Set to 0 for full range
Filter Sets up the filter factor for Compact units.
Shading correction off Switches off the vignette correction.
19-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19
.1
.4
kV
/m
AV
al
ue
s 
fo
r Z
ie
hm
 V
is
ta
 / 
Zi
eh
m
 8
00
0
A
cc
or
di
ng
 to
 te
st
 in
st
ru
ct
io
n 
re
le
as
e 
B
0.
1
K
ey
Pr
og
ra
m
O
rg
an
 
co
de
kV
/m
A
Ta
bl
e
kV
40
42
45
50
55
56
58
60
63
65
70
80
90
10
0
11
0
Ex
tr
e-
m
iti
es
2
5
mA
0.
2
3.
0
4.
0
3.
2
Sp
in
e
3
1
0.
2
0.
4
6.
0
6.
0
5.
5
H
ea
rt
0
0
0.
2
0.
7
3.
8
3.
1
So
ft
5
4
0.
2
0.
4
4.
7
D
SA
, R
SA
, 
M
SA
4
3
0.
2
0.
1
4.
7
+F
C
O
2
D
SA
, R
SA
, 
M
SA
4
2
0.
2
0.
4
0.
7
6.
0
6.
0
5.
6
19-6 Ziehm Vista
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19
.1
.5
kV
/m
A
 V
al
ue
s 
fo
r Z
ie
hm
 V
is
ta
 P
lu
s
A
cc
or
di
ng
 to
 te
st
 in
st
ru
ct
io
n 
re
le
as
e 
B
 
K
ey
Pr
og
ra
m
O
rg
an
 
co
de
kV
/m
A
 
Ta
bl
e
kV
40
42
45
50
55
56
58
60
63
65
70
80
83
10
0
11
0
Ex
tr
e-
m
iti
es
2
5
mA
0.
2
1.
0
4.
6
5.
4
Pe
lv
ic
3
1
0.
2
6.
0
5.
4
H
ea
rt
1
2
0.
2
1.
0
4.
5
5.
0
LP
D
5
4
0.
2
6.
0
5.
4
D
SA
, R
SA
, 
M
SA
4
3
0.
2
6.
0
6.
5
5.
4
19-7Ziehm Vista
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.1.6 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
According to test instruction release B0.1
All values in µGy/s (allowed tolerance ± 10%) 
Caution max. allowed limit value is 0.6 µGy/s for AVR and 1.2 µGy/s for PVR
Organ Program regulation 
mode
1/2 Dose 1/1 Dose
measured
calculated 
value for 
 dose label 
(if required)
measured
calculated 
value for 
 dose label 
(if required)
Extremities
31cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
23cm AVR 0.22 0.22 0.43 0.43
17 / 15cm AVR 0.22 0.22 0.43 0.43
10cm PVR 0.55 0.28 1.10 0.55
Spine
31cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
23cm AVR 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40
17 / 15cm AVR 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.40
10cm PVR 0.40 0.20 0.80 0.40
Heart
31cm AVR 0.23 0.23 0.45 0.45
23cm AVR 0.28 0.28 0.56 0.56
17 / 15cm AVR 0.28 0.28 0.56 0.56
10cm PVR 0.55 0.28 1.10 0.55
Soft
31cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
23cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
17 / 15cm AVR 0.18 0.18 0.36 0.36
10cm PVR 0.55 0.28 1.10 0.55
DSA, MSA, RSA
31cm AVR - - 0.36 0.36
23cm AVR - - 0.54 0.54
17 / 15cm AVR - - 0.54 0.54
10cm PVR - - 1.10 0.55
CO2 
31cm AVR - - 0.6 0.6
23cm AVR - - 0.6 0.6
17 / 15cm AVR - - 0.6 0.6
10cm PVR - - 1.30 0.65
According to service information 5/16 - 21.09.05 Snapshot is adjusted to 1.6 µGy in all modes 
and image formats
19-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.1.7 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista Plus
According to test instruction release B 
Values in brackets refer to test method USA: Radcal centered, 25mm Al+0,4mm Cu, w/o grid
Organ Program regulation 
mode
1/1 Dose 1/2 Dose max Dose
measured
[µGy/s]
measured
[µGy/s] [mGy/min]
Extremities
23cm AVR 0.65
(0.82)
0.35
(0.32)
<88
17 / 15cm AVR 0.75
(0.91)
0.40
(0.41)
<88
Pelvis / Spine
23cm AVR 0.65
(0.86)
0.35
(0.32)
-
17 / 15cm AVR 0.75 
(0.76)
0.40
(0.40)
-
Thorax / Heart
23cm PVR 0.75
(0.89)
0.40
(0.41)
-
17 / 15cm PVR 0.95
(1.1)
0.50
(0.55)
-
Soft / LPK
23cm AVR <0.15
(<0.15)
<0.09
(<0.09)
-
17 / 15cm AVR <0.20
(<0.23)
<0.10
(<0.10)
-
DSA - RSA
23cm AVR 0.65 - - -
17 / 15cm AVR 1.05
(1.20)
- - -
19-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19
.1
.8
Zi
eh
m
 V
is
ta
 / 
Zi
eh
m
 8
00
0 
O
rg
an
 T
ab
le
s 
31
/2
3c
m
V
al
ue
s 
ac
co
rd
in
g 
to
 te
st
 in
st
ru
ct
io
n 
re
le
as
e 
B
0.
1
O
rg
an
 
pr
og
ra
m
G
am
m
a
B
la
ck
Va
lu
e
[m
V
]
2.
 
B
la
ck
 
V
al
ue
W
hi
te
 
Va
lu
e
A
G
C
1/
1
D
os
e
AG
C
1/
2
D
os
e
R
eg
u-
la
tio
n
M
od
e
AO
I
W
hi
te
AO
I
B
la
ck
Iri
s
±1
0%
Iri
s
Sn
ap
-
sh
ot
Fi
lte
r
Sh
ad
in
g
co
rr. of
f
A
ct
iv
e 
A
re
a 
31
cm
E
xt
r.
22
0
10
0
5
I /
 N
I
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
54
30
2
0
S
pi
ne
25
5
10
0
5
I /
 N
I
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
55
40
2
0
H
ea
rt
16
0
10
0
10
80
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
40
20
0
0
S
of
t
19
0
10
0
10
80
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
<5
0
18
1
0
D
S
A
18
0
10
0
10
80
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
<4
0
25
2
1
C
O
2
18
0
10
0
10
80
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
40
20
2
1
A
ct
iv
e 
A
re
a 
23
 c
m
E
xt
r.
22
0
10
0
5
I /
 N
I
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
54
30
2
0
S
pi
ne
25
5
10
0
5
I /
 N
I
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
55
40
2
0
H
ea
rt
16
0
10
0
10
80
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
35
20
0
0
S
of
t
19
0
10
0
10
80
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
<5
0
18
1
0
D
S
A
18
0
10
0
10
80
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
<4
0
25
2
1
C
O
2
18
0
10
0
10
80
21
0
17
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
40
20
2
1
Fi
xe
d 
Va
lu
es
<4
5
V
al
ue
 is
 o
nl
y 
to
 
be
 d
ec
re
as
ed
I
In
te
rla
ce
d
be
fo
re
 la
st
 s
te
p
60
0m
V
N
I
N
on
 In
te
rla
ce
d
be
fo
re
 la
st
 s
te
p
63
0m
V
19-10 Ziehm Vista
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19
.1
.9
Zi
eh
m
 V
is
ta
 / 
Zi
eh
m
 8
00
0 
O
rg
an
 T
ab
le
s 
17
/1
5/
11
 c
m
V
al
ue
s 
ac
co
rd
in
g 
to
 te
st
 in
st
ru
ct
io
n 
re
le
as
e 
B
0.
1
O
rg
an
pr
og
ra
m
G
am
m
a
B
la
ck
V
al
ue
[m
V
]
2.
 
B
la
ck
 
V
al
ue
W
hi
te
 
V
al
ue
AG
C
1/
1
D
os
e
A
G
C
1/
2
D
os
e
R
eg
u-
la
tio
n
M
od
e
A
O
I
W
hi
te
A
O
I
B
la
ck
Iri
s
±1
0%
Iri
s
Sn
ap
-
sh
ot
Fi
lte
r
Sh
ad
in
g
co
rr
.
of
f
A
ct
iv
e 
A
re
a 
17
/1
5c
m
E
xt
r.
22
0
50
5
I /
 N
I
20
0
16
0
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
80
40
2
0
S
pi
ne
23
0
50
5
I /
 N
I
20
0
16
0
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
80
70
2
0
H
ea
rt
16
0
50
10
80
20
0
16
0
A
V
R
bi
g
bi
g
55
30
0
0
S
of
t
12
8
50
10
80
20
0
16
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
70
18
1
0
D
S
A
18
0
10
0
10
80
20
0
16
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
63
25
2
1
C
O
2
18
0
10
0
10
80
20
0
16
0
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
40
20
2
1
A
ct
iv
e 
A
re
a 
11
cm
E
xt
r.
25
5
10
0
5
80
20
0
16
0
P
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
70
40
2
0
S
pi
ne
25
5
50
5
80
20
0
16
0
P
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
80
60
2
0
H
ea
rt
16
0
10
0
10
80
20
0
16
0
P
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
70
50
0
0
S
of
t
12
8
10
0
10
80
20
0
16
0
P
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
70
40
1
0
D
S
A
18
0
10
0
10
80
20
0
16
0
P
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
70
50
2
1
C
O
2
18
0
10
0
10
80
20
0
16
0
P
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
60
50
2
1
Fi
xe
d 
Va
lu
es
<4
5
V
al
ue
 is
 o
nl
y 
to
 
be
 d
ec
re
as
ed
I
In
te
rla
ce
d
be
fo
re
 la
st
 s
te
p
60
0m
V
N
I
N
on
 In
te
rla
ce
d
be
fo
re
 la
st
 s
te
p
63
0m
V
19-11Ziehm Vista
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19
.1
.1
0
Zi
eh
m
 V
is
ta
 P
lu
s 
O
rg
an
 T
ab
le
s
V
al
ue
s 
ac
co
rd
in
g 
to
 te
st
 in
st
ru
ct
io
n 
re
le
as
e 
B
O
rg
an
 
pr
og
ra
m
G
am
m
a
B
la
ck
Va
lu
e
[m
V
]
W
hi
te
 
V
al
ue
[m
V
]
AG
C
1/
1
D
os
e
A
G
C
1/
2
D
os
e
R
eg
u-
la
tio
n
M
od
e
A
O
I
W
hi
te
A
O
I
B
la
ck
Iri
s
Iri
s
S
na
p-
sh
ot
Vi
st
a 
Pl
us
 N
or
m
al
 M
od
e 
23
cm
 Im
ag
e 
In
te
ns
ifi
er
 D
ef
au
lt 
Va
lu
es
 
E
xt
r.
22
0
70
63
0
(la
st
 s
te
p)
 
25
5
15
7
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
33
21
P
el
vi
s/
S
pi
ne
25
0
50
63
0
(la
st
 s
te
p)
 
25
5
15
9
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
28
20
Th
or
ax
/ 
H
ea
rt
16
0
10
0
70
0
25
5
16
2
P
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
27
10
S
of
t/L
P
K
25
0
15
0
70
0
25
5
13
8
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
90
85
D
S
A
-
R
S
A
25
0
10
0
70
0
25
5
-
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
45
-
Vi
st
a 
Pl
us
 M
ag
 1
, 1
7c
m
 Im
ag
e 
In
te
ns
ifi
er
 D
ef
au
lt 
Va
lu
es
 
E
xt
r.
22
0
30
63
0
(la
st
 s
te
p)
 
25
5
15
8
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
41
35
P
el
vi
s/
S
pi
ne
25
5
50
63
0
(la
st
 s
te
p)
 
25
5
15
5
A
V
R
sm
al
l
bi
g
40
38
Th
or
ax
/H
ea
rt
16
0
10
0
70
0
25
5
16
1
P
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
35
22
S
of
t/L
P
K
19
0
80
70
0
25
5
85
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
98
90
D
S
A
-
R
S
A
18
0
10
0
70
0
25
5
-
A
V
R
m
ed
iu
m
bi
g
45
-
19-12 Ziehm Vista
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.2 Default Values
19.2.1 Measuring Circle Sizes
This is a global setting that is valid for all programs.
19.2.2 Measuring Circle Sizes Vista Plus
This is a global setting that is valid for all programs.
small 110
medium 144
big 190
blanking 288
small 110
medium 144
big 215
blanking 288
19-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.2.3 Monitor Cart Settings
19.2.3.1 Step windowing levels
19.2.3.2 DSA windowing values
Step
-2
W 180
L 145
Step
-1
W 200
L 145
Step
+1
W 220
L 110
Step
+2
W 150
L 100
Normal CO2
DSA W 080 120
DSA L 128 128
RSA W 080 030
RSA L 128 128
MSA W 100 050
MSA L 128 128
19-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.2.3.3 Filter factors non interlaced
19.2.3.4 Filter factors interlaced
Recursive 
Filter
Stack 
Filter
Edge 
Filter
Pulsed 
Fluoro
Snap-
shot
N M1 M2
Org. 0 2 2 2 4 1 2 8
Org. 1 2 3 3 8 1 4 8
Org. 2 1 2 2 1 0 2 1
Soft 1 2 2 4 1 2 8
DSA 2 3 3 16 0 - -
RSA 2 3 3 8 0 - -
MSA 2 3 3 8 0 - -
CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -
CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -
CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -
Recursive 
Filter
Stack 
Filter
Edge 
Filter
Pulsed 
Fluoro
Snap-
shot
N M1 M2
Org. 0 1 2 2 4 0 2 8
Org. 1 2 3 3 8 0 4 8
Org. 2 1 2 2 1 0 2 1
Soft 1 2 2 4 0 2 8
DSA 2 3 3 16 0 - -
RSA 2 3 3 8 0 - -
MSA 2 3 3 8 0 - -
CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -
CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -
CO2-RSA 3 3 3 16 0 - -
19-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
19 Adjustment Instructions
19.2.3.5 Filter factors Vista Plus
Recursive 
Filter
Stack 
Filter
Edge 
Filter
Win-
dowing 
Step
Pulsed 
Fluoro
Snap-
shot
N M1
Org. 0 3 3 4 1 0 8 8
Org. 1 3 3 8 0 0 16 16
Org. 2 3 3 2 0 0 4 4
Soft 3 3 16 0 0 16 16
DSA 3 3 16 0 - - -
RSA 2 3 8 0 - - -
MSA 3 3 8 0 - -
19-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20
Error Messages
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
20.1 General............................................................................................................. 20-1
20.2 Startup phase ................................................................................................... 20-1
20.2.1 WARNINGS ...................................................................................... 20-1
20.2.2 ERRORS........................................................................................... 20-1
20.3 Runtime ............................................................................................................ 20-1
20.3.1 WARNINGS ...................................................................................... 20-1
20.3.2 ERRORS........................................................................................... 20-1
20.4 List of ERRORS and WARNINGS.................................................................... 20-2
20.4.1 Module 2 ........................................................................................... 20-2
20.4.2 Module 15 ......................................................................................... 20-4
20.4.3 Module 3 / U501................................................................................ 20-5
20.4.4 Module 11 ......................................................................................... 20-6
20.5 Fuse List........................................................................................................... 20-7
20.5.1 Module 1 ........................................................................................... 20-7
20.5.2 Module 3 ........................................................................................... 20-10
20.5.3 Module 10 ......................................................................................... 20-10
20.6 Fault finding...................................................................................................... 20-11
20.6.1 Power faults ...................................................................................... 20-11
20.6.2 Module 2 errors ................................................................................. 20-12
20.6.3 Module 15 errors (virtual collimator and dose meter)........................ 20-15
20.6.4 Module 3 errors ................................................................................. 20-17
20.6.5 U501 errors ....................................................................................... 20-19
20.6.6 Module 11 errors (image memory).................................................... 20-21
20.6.7 Module 6 errors (keyboard)............................................................... 20-23
20.6.8 Radiation errors ................................................................................ 20-24
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.1 General
All errors and warnings are displayed on the cGray display on the C-arm keyboard. If 
there is more than one message coming up, the messages will be scrolled (including the 
cGy value) in this display.
20.2 Startup phase
20.2.1 WARNINGS
Warnings are indicated on the cGray display and the horn sounds. To clear these mes-
sages, press the hand or foot switch. For details, → Ch. 20.4.
Warnings can affect the dose, the image quality and some other things. 
The system will work under limited conditions, SERVICE IS REQUIRED.
20.2.2 ERRORS
Errors are indicated on the cGray display and the horn sounds. The C-arm will not run 
before the errors have been repaired. SERVICE IS REQUIRED.
20.3 Runtime
20.3.1 WARNINGS
Warnings will be indicated on the cGray display and the horn sounds. The warning will 
switch off automatically if the system is working properly. Details see → Ch. 20.4.
Warnings can affect the dose, the image quality and some other things. 
The system will work under limited conditions, SERVICE IS REQUIRED. 
20.3.2 ERRORS
If an error is detected in the running system, radiation stops immediately and will be indicated in 
the cGray display and the horn sounds. The error must be repaired before restart.
SERVICE IS REQUIRED.
20-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.4 List of ERRORS and WARNINGS
20.4.1 Module 2
Code Error Warning Start up 
phase Runtime Description
E 16 Hand switch 1 pressed during 
startup phase
E 17 Foot switch 1 pressed during 
startup phase
E 18 Hand switch 2 pressed during 
startup phase
E 19 Foot switch 2 pressed during 
Start up phase
E 20 Hand or foot switch shorted
E 21 Compact rad lamp error
→ Ch. 20.6.2, p. 20-12
E 22 - Generator
 Iris collimator motor 
 defective
- C-Arm
 (F3 from TR1 defective)
- Swivel harness defective
- U325 (Module 2) defective
E 23 - Generator
 Iris collimator potentiometer 
 reversed
- C-Arm
 (F3 from TR1 defective)
- Swivel harness defective
- U325 (Module 2) defective
E 24 - Generator
 Iris collimator potentiometer 
 shorted
- C-Arm
 (F3 from TR1 defective)
- Swivel harness defective
- U325 (Module 2) defective
20-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
Code Error Warning Start up 
phase Runtime Description
E 25 - CAN radiation line low
E 26 - CAN fault line low
→ Ch. 20.6.2, p. 20-12
E 25/26 - Generator defective
- U326 (Module 2) defective
E 26/29 - Unit is too cold
- Generator is too hot
- Swivel harness
- In certain cases “no error” 
 just a warning
E 27 U325 (Module 2) defective
E 28 U326 (Module 2) defective or
U325 (Module2) defective
→ Ch. 20.6.2
E 29 Generator error: Temp. key on 
the keyboard is off
or generator is overheated: 
Temp. key is on
E 30 No communication to 
Module 3 / U501 (memory 
unit) → Ch. 20.6.2
E 31 Magic Number fault
E 32 Battery G2 on U325 defective 
→ Ch. 20.6.2
E 33 U325 (Module 2) defective 
→ Ch. 20.6.2
E 34 U325 (Module 2) 
Clock not running
→ Ch. 20.6.2
E 35 LUCY software versions in the 
modules are incompatible
→ Ch. 20.6.2
20-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.4.2 Module 15
For more details, → Ch. , p. 20-15 ff.
Code Error Warning Start up 
phase Runtime Description
E 36 Collimator controller does not 
respond 
(virtual collimator only)
E 37 Position error “Rotation” 
(virtual collimator only)
E 38 Servo error “Rotation” 
(virtual collimator only)
E 39 Position error “Iris” 
(virtual collimator only)
E 40 Servo error “Iris” 
(virtual collimator only)
E 41 Position error “Slot” 
(virtual collimator only)
E 42 Servo error “Slot” 
(virtual collimator only)
E 43 Test DAP display faulty. 
(Press keys 0min +1/2 dose 
for testing)
E 44 No Compact unit.
(CAN bus disconnected.)
E 45 Internal VacuDAP error
Press hand or foot switch
E 46 VacuDAP duo error
Press hand or foot switch
E 46 VacuDAP duo error
Press >0< min until reset
E 47 DAP overflow
Press >0< min until reset
E 48 Internal VacuDAP duo error
Press hand or foot switch
20-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.4.3 Module 3 / U501
For more details,
→ Ch. 20.6.4, p. 20-17 ff. for module 3
→ Ch. 20.6.5, p. 20-19 ff. for U501
Code Error Warning Start up 
phase Runtime Description
E 51 Module 3 (U321) / U501 
defective 
E 52 Module 3 (U321) / U501 
defective 
E 53 Module 3 (U321) / U501 
error / defective 
E 54 Module 3 (U321) / U501 
defective 
E 55 Module 3 (U321) / U501 
defective 
E 56 Module 3 (U321 D/A-A)/ U501 
error / defective 
E 57 Module 3 (U321 D/A-B)/ U501 
error / defective 
E 58 Module 3 (U321 D/A-C)/ U501 
error / defective
E 59 Module 3 (U321 D/A-D)/ U501 
error / defective
E 60 Module 3 (U321 BT478) /
U501 defective 
E 61 CCD iris collimator error
E 62 CCD iris collimator error
E 63 CCD iris collimator error
E 64 CCD iris collimator error
E 65 No video signal 
(genlock is not locked)
20-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.4.4 Module 11
For more details, → Ch. 20.6.6, p. 20-21 ff.
Code Error Warning Start up 
phase Runtime Description
E 90 Communication between 
U385 and PC-CPU in the 
monitor cart is defective 
E 91 Communication between 
U385 and PC-CPU in the 
monitor cart is defective
E 92 Radiation indicator lamp 
monitor cart error
E 93 PC-CPU monitor cart is 
defective 
E 101 “CD recall” ON?
Fluoroscopy is not allowed
E 102 No video signal at input of 
image memory
E 105 Hard disk is full
E 106 Hard disk read/write error
Image store function disabled.
E 151 CAN data overflow in image 
memory (buffer full)
20-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.5 Fuse List
The texts in the tables explain what will happen when the corresponding fuse is broken.
20.5.1 Module 1
Transformer Fuses TR1
Fuse No. Fuse Type Fuse Size Transformer 
terminal Usage
F2 10 A slow 5×20 mm 24 V / 5 A Lift motor
Lift motor does not work.
F3 10 A slow 5×20 mm 24 V / 3 A Auxiliary voltage
Filament voltage
E26
Unit will not screen
20-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
Transformer Fuses TR2
Fuse No. Fuse Type Fuse Size Transformer 
terminal Usage
F1 2 A slow 5×20 mm F1 Main fuse TR2
No light on keyboard except “ON” key
No LEDs on module 2
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”
F4 4 A slow 5×20 mm F4 Supply BG1 (18 V) in U333
No light on keyboard except “ON” key
Monitor is flickering (CRT)
F5 4 A slow 5×20 mm F5 Supply for ± 5 V Digital
Keyboard shows “0000 0000” permanently
Monitor cart does not finish boot up
LEDs +5 V Digital and -5 V Digital on U334 are off
F6 1 A slow 5×20 mm F6 Supply for +5 V ISO (CAN)
Keyboard shows “0000 0000” permanently
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”
Error LED on U326 is on
LED +5 V ISO on U334 is off 
F7 1 A slow 5×20 mm F7 Supply for +5 V Video
Shows only effect on Compact or 7000 units
No image in the monitor
F8 1 A slow 5×20 mm F8 Supply for -5 V Video
Shows only effect on Compact or 7000 units
No image in the monitor
F9 1 A slow 5×20 mm F9 Supply for monitor rotation
(Compact)
Shows only effect on Compact units with CRT Monitors
Mechanical rotation does not work
20-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
The following fuses are located behind the U333 board.
Fuses on U333
Fuse Value Part No. Function
F1 15 A medium 
(6.3×32 mm)
17020 Mains input fuse 230 V
Keyboard remains completely dark
C-arm does not power up
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”
F4 15 A medium 
(6.3×32 mm)
17020 Mains input fuse 230 V
Keyboard remains completely dark
C-arm does not power up
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”
F5 1 A slow (5×20 mm) 17019 RL resistor
Unit starts, inrush current runs via TR1 on U333 and F7
Possibly F7 will trip
F6 3.15 A slow 
(5×20 mm)
17061 230 V out for Compact unit
Compact monitor will not work
F7 100 mA slow 
(5×20 mm)
17056 Primary transformer 1
of U333
Keyboard remains completely dark
C-arm does not power up
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”
F8 250 mA slow 
(5×20 mm)
17001 Secondary transformer 1
of U333
Keyboard remains completely dark
C-arm does not power up
Monitor cart starts up “standalone”
F1 on U424 (BG2) 2.5 A slow 
(5×20 mm)
17035 Water pump
Maximum radiation time is limited
Generator will overheat.
Fuse Value Part No. Function
F2 20 A medium 
(6.3×32 mm)
17044 Mains input fuse 120 V
F3 20A medium 
(6.3×32 mm)
17044 Mains input fuse 120 V
20-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.5.2 Module 3
20.5.3 Module 10
U180 F1 2 A fast 17059 U180, U321, Module 4
E30 → Ch. 20.6.2 
U180 F2
only used in 7000/
Compact systems
2 A fast 17059 U306, U313
Compact monitor will not work 
No effect in 8000/Vista Systems,
can be used as "spare fuse" for F1 in those systems. 
U539 Fuses
Main Input fuses on Transformer Housing
F1 210-220-230-240 V System 15 A medium
105-110-115-120 V System 20 A medium
F2 210-220-230-240 V System 15 A medium
105-110-115-120 V System 20 A medium
Standby transformer primary fuses on U357
F1 240 V System
100 mA slow
only one fuse must be installed
F2 210-220-230 V System
F3 105-110-115-120 V System 
Standby transformer secondary fuse
F4 350 mA slow
Whole unit will not power up if one of those fuses is broken.
20-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.6 Fault finding
Description of fault list:
Reasons are listed in order of relevance.
20.6.1 Power faults
Error Code / Symptom
Reason 1
Measure
Reason 2
Measure
System does not power up
Module 10 F1or F2 main input fuse broken
U357 F1 / F2 / F3 fuse for stand-by transformer broken
U357 F4 fuse stand-by transformer secondary broken
Thermo switch (X31) interrupted, not connected
Key / Emergency switch turned off, not connected or X4 not bridged.
Monitor cart powers up, C-arm does not power up
C-Stand:
F1/F4 main input fuses broken (U333)
F7 standby transformer primary fuse broken (U333)
F8 standby transformer secondary fuse broken (U333)
Thermo switch (X26) interrupted, not connected
General:
P0 cable defective
P0 inserts defective
System turns power off by itself
Monitor Cart:
Safety circuit protecting the inrush current limiting resistors on U357 gets active.
Change the U357 board.
20-11Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.6.2 Module 2 errors
E21 Radiation Lamp Compact is defective
Unit isa Compact and lamp is broken.
Replace lamp
Unit is a Compact and lamp is not broken
Check connection cable to Compact unit
Unit is a not Compact.
Option “Don’t check Compact lamp” is not set. (Exposcop Studio)
→ Ch. 18.1.9.1, p. 18-16
E26 Permanently in Standby & red error LED on U326 is on:
Filament is below 7.5 V or missing
Check filament voltage
Check fuse F3 at TR1 of Module 1
Generator >72°C or <11°C
Allow unit to acclimate / cool down
Cooling liquid leakage
Check wet sensors inside the generator
Generator defect
Change generator
E26 during radiation, radiation interrupted, Error disappears:
Filament gets above 22.5 V for certain time because filament regulation does not work.
U326 protection circuit disables filament voltage, missing voltage causes E26 (gener-
ator pulls fault line) radiation is stopped, filament returns to standby value, E26 disap-
pears
Check swivel harness (using bridge cable)
Check kV nominal value at generator (without HV no mA possible)
Replace U326
Arcing inside the generator / tube
Replace generator
20-12 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
E28 Module 2 internal error
No communication between U325 and U326
Check if boards are inserted well in the rack.
U325 or U326 defective
Replace U325 or U326
E30 No communication to Module 3 / U501
Fuse F1 in the Module 3 is broken
Replace fuse F1 in U180.
Check image intensifier power supply for arcing.
Module 3 / U501 has lost its software
Reprogram Module 3 / U501
Module 3 / U501 has no connection to CAN bus
Check CAN bus cabling
Module 3 / U501 has no supply power
Check Module 3 / U501 supply voltage
E32 RAM Signature missing
RAM signature on U325 is gone because of flat battery.
Replace batteries on U325.
Write RAM signature in order to clear the Error (Exposcop Studio)
E33
U325 internal hardware error
Replace U325
E34 Same time during and after startup
U325 clock is not running (especially after board replacement or battery change)
Set clock (with Exposcop Studio)
if error persists, replace U325
E35 LUCY software versions in the modules are not compatible
Version mismatch
Check software versions and program not fitting modules
(Exposcop Studio)
Error appears although nothing has been programmed:
If monitor cart and C-arm do not power up at the same time, this error may appear.
Check “ON” line of the XP0 connection.
20-13Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
E44 No Compact unit
If system is not a Compact:
U385 is not found during boot up.
Check if there is CAN bus communication to U385 in the monitor cart.
(U385 has to show up in the Exposcop Studio software)
(If there is no communication, check for:
- Cabling,
- Software on U385 running, 
- U385 supplied with power)
If system is not a Compact:
Monitor cart is not detected
Check yellow LED on U334, this has to light when MC is connected.
Check CAN sense line of XP0 cable
(Section Mobile Stand Connections)→ Ch. 3.9.7, p. 3-18
If system is a Compact
Wrong option setting
Option “Don’t check Compact lamp” must not be set.
(Exposcop Studio) (→ Ch. 18.1.9.1, p. 18-16)
20-14 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.6.3 Module 15 errors (virtual collimator and dose meter)
E36 No communication to Module 15
Module 15 has lost its software
Replace Module 15 (not programmable in this system)
Module 15 has no connection to CAN bus
Check CAN bus cabling (Swivel Harness)
Module 15 has no supply power
Check Module 15 supply voltage
E37, E38, E39, E40, E41, E42 Servo and Position Errors
Movement blocked
Check if anything blocks the collimator movement (e.g. cables) 
Collimator defective
Replace Module 15
E43 VacuDAP self test has failed 
(To perform this test, press 1/2 dose key and then >0< min key, hold both until test starts)
Test result differs from reference value
Perform VacuDAP calibration
E45 no communication to VacuDAP duo
U 517 has not been found during boot up
See E36
Press hand or foot switch to acknowledge this error
U 517 has wrong software
Replace Module 15 (Virtual Collimator)
E46 after boot up: error of VacuDAP duo
Internal error of VacuDAP duo
Press hand or foot switch to acknowledge this error
Replace VacuDAP duo if error persists
E46 during runtime: error of VacuDAP duo
Internal error of VacuDAP duo
Press key >0< min on keyboard until error disappears
Replace VacuDAP duo if error persists
20-15Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
E47 Measuring range has been exceeded
Measuring range of 9999.9 cGy/cm² or 999.99 mGy has been exceeded.
Radiation is not interrupted if range is exceeded during radiation: Error will be shown 
after radiation had been finished. A new screening is blocked.
Press >0< min key on keyboard until display is reset
E48 VacuDAP self test has failed 
(To perform this test, press 1/2 dose key and then >0< min key, hold both until test starts)
U 517 has not been found during boot up
See E36
Press hand or foot switch to acknowledge this error
Test is not finished after 12 s,
Internal error of VacuDAP duo
Press hand or foot switch to acknowledge this error
Replace VacuDAP duo if error persists
20-16 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.6.4 Module 3 errors
E51, E52, E53, E54, E55, E56, E57, E58, E59, E60
Module 3 internal hardware error
Replace Module3
E61 CCD iris error: Difference between Max and Min feedback value is to little
Iris mechanics does not work properly
Replace CCD camera
E62 CCD iris error: Feedback value responds in the wrong direction
Collimator potentiometer reversed
Check cabling of CCD collimator
E63 CCD iris error: Feedback value does not change
CCD iris got stuck
Replace CCD camera
Iris is not connected
Check connectors at II Power supply and module 3
Potentiometer cable interrupted
Check cabling from CCD camera to module 3
Iris Motor power missing
Check cabling from CCD camera to module 3
Check voltage coming from module 3
Iris Motor defective
Replace CCD camera
E64 CCD iris error: Feedback value changes too slowly
Iris mechanics does not work properly
Replace CCD camera
Motor drivers of Module 3 defective
Replace Module3
20-17Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
E 65 No Video signal at Module 3 genlock
Cable interrupted
Check video cable from CCD camera to Module 3
Check video connectors of camera and Module 3
I.I. power supply is set to 6 V camera supply voltage, camera requires 12V
Set camera voltage to correct value (J1 on U316)
see Module4 → Ch. , p. 7-8
Camera has no supply power
Check camera supply voltage
If 18 V input voltage of the i.i. power supply is present and no camera voltage 
is present, replace i.i. power supply
CCD camera defective
Replace CCD camera
Module 3 input stage / genlock defective
Replace Module 3
20-18 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.6.5 U501 errors
E51, E52, E53, E54, E55, E56, E57, E58, E59, E60
U501 internal hardware error
Replace Module U501
E61 CCD iris error: Difference between Max and Min feedback value is to little
Iris mechanics does not work properly
Replace CCD camera
E62 CCD iris error: Feedback value responds in the wrong direction
Collimator potentiometer reversed
Check cabling of CCD collimator
E63 CCD iris error: Feedback value does not change
CCD iris got stuck
Replace CCD camera
Iris is not connected
Check connectors at II Power supply and U501
Potentiometer cable interrupted
Check cabling from CCD camera to module U501
Iris Motor power missing
Check cabling from CCD camera to U501
Check voltage coming from U501
Iris Motor defective
Replace CCD camera
E64 CCD iris error: Feedback value changes too slowly
Iris mechanics does not work properly
Replace CCDcamera
Motor drivers of U501 defective
Replace U501
20-19Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
E 65: Video signal lost at U501 genlock during runtime
Cable interrupted
Check video cable from CCD camera to U501
Check video connectors of camera and U501
Camera has no supply power
Check camera supply voltage
If 18 V input voltage of the i.i. power supply is present and no camera voltage 
is present, replace i.i. power supply
CCD camera defective
Replace CCD camera
U501 input stage / genlock defective
Replace U501
E 65 & E56 & E57 & E58 & E59 & E53 displayed one after another:
No Video signal at U501 genlock during boot up, hardware can not be initialised 
Cable interrupted
Check video cable from CCD camera to U501
Check video connectors of camera and v
I.I. power supply is set to 6 V camera supply voltage, camera requires 12V
Set camera voltage to correct value (J1 on U316)
see Module4 → Ch. , p. 7-8
Camera has no supply power
Check camera supply voltage
If 18 V input voltage of the i.i. power supply is present and no camera voltage 
is present, replace i.i. power supply
CCD camera defective
Replace CCD camera
U501 input stage / genlock defective
Replace U501
20-20 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.6.6 Module 11 errors (image memory)
E 92 Radiation Lamp error
Radiation Lamp is defective
Change Radiation Lamp
Radiation Lamp fuse is defective
Replace Radiation Lamp fuse
(Located at the connection panel of the image memory)
Radiation Lamp Cable is interrupted
Check Cabling from image memory to radiation lamp 
Lamp driver in the image memory is defective
Replace U385 
E93 PC No communication from U385 to PC CPU
Image memory does not finish boot up
Connect VGA monitor and check messages
Pull out and push in all boards of the Image Memory 
Replace Image Memory
V2 1/2k image memory has U385 CAN Software Version below 13.05
Update U385 to Software Version 13.05 or above.
E101 Radiation not allowed
Image memory is in mode CD recall
Switch off CD recall function
(Image Memory: Menu > User Settings > CD recall)
E102 No Video Signal on Image Memory
If error appears in combination with E65:
Video signal is already missing at input of Module 3 / U501
See E65
Cable interrupted
Check video cabling from output of Module 3 / U501 to Input of
Image Memory.
Input stage of Image Memory defective
Replace Image Memory
No video signal at the output of Module 3 / U501, but no E65
Replace Module3 / U501
20-21Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
E105 Hard disk is full
Not enough disk space to store required amount of images (Cine length)
Delete images/folders
E106 Hard disk read/write error, image store function disabled.
Hard disk is faulty
Replace hard disk
20-22 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.6.7 Module 6 errors (keyboard)
Keyboard completely dark except “ON” key 
18 V supply power for the keyboard is missing
Check 18 V supply of keyboard
Check BG1 of U333 in Module1
Check fuse F4 of TR2 in Module 1
Voltage regulator of keyboard (U400) is defective
Replace U400
Only rad and thermometer symbol light up
Microcontroller of U400 does not work
Try to program the U400 software again
replace keyboard
Audible alarm “Two short beeps, pause .....” Keyboard cannot be found in boot up.
Only rad and thermometer symbol lights up:
Microcontroller of U400 does not work
Try to program the U400 software again
replace keyboard
Keyboard remains at “0000 0000”:
Cabling Problem
Check CAN bus Cable to the keyboard
Keyboard completely dark except “ON” key:
18 V supply power for the keyboard is missing
Check 18 V supply of keyboard
Check BG1 of U333 in Module1
Check fuse F4 of TR2 in Module 1
Keyboard remains at “0000 0000” & no audible alarm
Bootup has not been finished
Check CAN bus cabling
Check if a CAN module is in reset state (indicated by red LED on U300)
Check +5 V ISO (CAN bus supply)
Keyboard remains at “0000 0000” & no audible alarm, E93 after approx 5 min.
Image memory did not boot up.
Check image memory (use VGA monitor at image memory)
20-23Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
20.6.8 Radiation errors
Unit does not screen, no error messages displayed 
Hand/foot switch des not work 
Check switches and internal wiring of the switches
→ Ch. 3.5, p. 3-6 ff.
Radiation command loop interrupted → Ch. 5.7, p. 5-16 (non compact units only)
Check radiation key lock
Check P0 cable, P0 connectors and internal wiring of P0 connectors
Unit does not provide sufficient post radiation time / 
last image hold darker than live image.
Post radiation monitor circuit on U325 is defective. → Ch. 5.7, p. 5-16
Change U325
Unit stops screening, radiation lamp remains on.
Can bus error during radiation
Check all cables and wires which include CAN bus.
(Bend cables while screening and watch the timer on the keyboard. 
Timer will stop immediately when CAN bus gets interrupted)
110 kV, black image, no error message
generator does not work
Check if radiation is produced
(Internal Dosemeter /external Dosemeter, luminescent screen)
If not, perform generator test.→ Ch. 8.6, p. 8-7 ff.
If radiation is produced: no image content available for dose regulation.
remove camera and check Image Intensifier output window. (should light up 
while screening. Do this test in manual mode at low kV)
Check i.i. power supply.
Check camera (Using a oscilloscope connected by a T-connector) 
No sufficient mA in Radiography adjustable, Fluoroscopy works fine
Radiation preparation signal missing at the generator
check swivel cable, check Generator filter U185
WARNING
Tests partly have to be done while screening.
Take care for radiation protection.
20-24 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21
Active Cooling System
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
21.1 Active Cooling System ..................................................................................... 21-1
21.1.1 Initiation of the cooling system.......................................................... 21-1
21.1.1.1 General .............................................................................. 21-3
21.1.1.2 Starting the pump manually ............................................... 21-5
21.1.1.3 Filling the tank with coolant................................................ 21-6
21.1.1.4 Filling the pump with coolant ............................................. 21-7
21.1.1.5 Checking the circulation..................................................... 21-8
21.1.2 Draining the cooling system.............................................................. 21-9
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
21 Active Cooling System
21.1 Active Cooling System
21.1.1 Initiation of the cooling system
Required tools included in service set #91136:
• Hand pump
• Flow monitor
• Filling hose
• Spill hose
• Adapter hose
Additionally required:
• Bucket
• Funnel
• Jumper 2.54 mm
• approx. 8 l of coolant (water/anti-freeze mixture)
CAUTION
The filling has to be done very carefully, otherwise an immaculate function is not 
ensured. If it is not done correctly, the pump might be damaged and the desired 
radiation time is not achieved.
Admissible anti-freezes: Glythermin® P 44-00
Plurasafe® P44
Mixture ratio 55% water (equalling 4.4 l) 
45% anti-freeze (equalling 3.6 l)
21-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
.
Fig. 21-1 Required parts for maintaining the cooling system
21-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
21.1.1.1 General
21.1.1.1.1Flow scheme
Fig. 21-2 Active cooling flow scheme
21.1.1.1.2 Tank connections
Fig. 21-3 Location of tank connections
21-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
21.1.1.1.3 Checking the pump mechanically
Switch off the unit. Turn the rotor of the pump manually. The rotor has to rotate smoothly. If the 
rotor rotates very sluggish and is snapping between positions, the pump wheel inside is stuck. The 
pump has to be exchanged.
Fig. 21-4 Location of pump rotor
Fig. 21-5 View of pump with ventilation valve
Pump rotor
Ventilation valve
21-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
21.1.1.2 Starting the pump manually
• Remove rear cover of the C-arm stand.
• Remove the 2-pin connector of X3 on the U424 board
• Connect the two pins with a jumper.
• The pump should start running now.
Fig. 21-6 Location of U424X3
Fig. 21-7 Bridge for starting the pump manually
CAUTION
Do not forget to reconnect the 2-pin connector after testing.
U424 X3 2-pin connector
U424 X3 2-pin connector
Bridged by a jumper
21-5Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
21.1.1.3 Filling the tank with coolant
• Open the cover on top of the C-arm foot.
• Disconnect pressure control valve. 
• Disconnect return hose from generator.
• Connect filling hose to coupling of pressure control valve.
(Indicated as filler plug in the drawing “Location of tank connections”)
• Connect the spill hose to the return coupling.
• Fill approx. 8 liters of coolant into the filling hose. The tank is filled properly, if the coolant 
runs out of the spill hose without air bubbles.
• Remove the filling and spill hoses and reconnect return hose and pressure control valve.
Fig. 21-8 Flow scheme for filling
21-6 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
21.1.1.4 Filling the pump with coolant
Fig. 21-1 Flow scheme for filling the pump
• Remove rear cover of the C-arm stand.
• Remove the two hoses from coupling 1.0 and 2.0.
• Connect the hand pump and the flow monitor like indicated in the drawing above. Take care 
of the correct direction of the pump.
• Pump until coolant is running through the flow monitor.
• Start the pump manually. The flow monitor should run now.
• If not, pump again with the hand pump.
• If it still does not work, check all hose connections, check for bent hoses and check 
whether the pump is stuck. See “Checking the pump mechanically”.
• Remove pump and flow monitor.
• Connect the adapter hose for the pump, the hand pump, the adapter and the ventilation 
hose to the ventilation valve of the pump. Press the hand pump to remove all air from the 
pump housing.
• Continue with next step “checking the circulation”.
21-7Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
21.1.1.5 Checking the circulation
Fig. 21-2 Flow scheme for circulation check
• Connect hoses and flow monitor like indicated in the drawing above.
• Start the coolant pump manually.
• Now the pump is pushing coolant into the loop to the generator and back. Thereby the air 
inside this loop is pushed into the tank.
• Let the pump run until all air bubbles in the flow monitor have disappeared and the flow 
monitor runs constantly. 
• If there is no circulation, check if the hoses to and from the generator are bent some-
where.
• Circulation without generator should have been checked in the former step.
• Remove the flow monitor and reconnect the hose from the generator to coupling 2.0.
• Repeat step “Filling the tank with coolant” auf Seite 6 until coolant runs out of the spill hose 
again
• Active cooling system is initiated now.
21-8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
21.1.2 Draining the cooling system
If the unit is shipped and there is danger of frost, the cooling system has to be drained.
Fig. 21-3 Flow scheme for draining the cooling system
• Disconnect return hose from coupling 2.0.
• Connect adapter hose and drain hose to removed return hose.
• Connect ventilation hose to coupling 2.0.
• Start pump manually.
• Now coolant is running into the bucket.
• Stop pump when there is no more coolant running out of the drain hose.
• Reconnect return hose to coupling 2.0.
• Label the unit visibly:
Cooling tank empty – system not ready for operation. Do not switch on!
21-9Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
21 Active Cooling System
21-10 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22
Maintenance Schedule
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Contents
22.1 General requirements....................................................................................... 22-1
22.2 Electrics............................................................................................................ 22-2
22.3 Mechanics ........................................................................................................ 22-4
iZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
ii Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22 Maintenance Schedule
22 Maintenance Schedule
22.1 General requirements
USA only:
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) requires that the checks and inspections described in 
the related document “CDRH Maintenance Report” be performed at least every six months, in 
order to ensure that the X-ray system complies with federal regulations (specifically, the applica-
ble sections of CFR 21, Subchapter J – Radiological Health).
The equipment owner is responsible for ensuring that the maintenance steps described in the said 
document are performed every six months. Failure to comply with this requirement relieves the 
Manufacturer and his agents of all responsibility in this matter.
The equipment owner is furthermore responsible for ensuring that only service engineers certified 
by the manufacturer perform the tests and adjustments described in the above document.
Service engineers are responsible for performing the procedure in the sequence shown in the 
“CDRH Maintenance Report”.
WARNING
Maintenance of this system must be carried out by trained personnel only. 
Some checks may only be performed by authorized service engineers. Those 
checks are marked accordingly.
22-1Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22 Maintenance Schedule
22.2 Electrics
Check the following functions at the specified time intervals:
Pe
rs
on
 
in
 c
ha
rg
e
Object Action required
W
he
ne
ve
r 
ne
ce
ss
ar
y
M
on
th
ly
Ye
ar
ly
Tr
ai
ne
d 
pe
rs
on
ne
l
Consistency test Perform according to relevant national 
regulation of the country of installation X
Power cable Inspect for physical damage X
Electrical safety Check according to relevant national 
regulation of the country of installation X
Hand switch Inspect cable for damage X
Foot switch Inspect cable for damage X
Motorized vertical 
travel
Move up and down to respective end 
stops X
C-arm stand control 
panel
All segments are activated during 
power-up X
Flatscreen monitors Contrast and brightness can be adjusted X
Clean screens with a mild detergent 
mixed with water X
CRT monitors (n/a for 
USA)
Contrast and brightness can be adjusted X
Clean screens with Foam-Cleaner X
Fluoroscopy modes Activate each mode, the corresponding 
LED must light up X
Coupling cable Inspect cable, plug-and-socket 
connections and anti-kink sleeves for 
physical damage
X
Swivel harness Inspect hose for physical damage X
22-2 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22 Maintenance Schedule
Checks involving radiation
To be able to check the following functions, you must release radiation:
WARNING
Always observe the safety and precautionary measures required by the relevant 
national X-ray and radiation protection regulations.
Pe
rs
on
 
in
 c
harg
e Object Action required
W
he
ne
ve
r 
ne
ce
ss
ar
y
M
on
th
ly
Ye
ar
ly
Tr
ai
ne
d 
pe
rs
on
ne
l
Radiation warning 
lamp
Must be lit during radiation X
Hand switch Must function with fluoroscopy and direct 
radiography X
Dead man’s control for direct radiography X
Foot switch Must not release radiation in direct 
radiography mode X
Fluoroscopy The X-ray symbol on the control panel is lit X
The radiation time display is counting up 
during radiation X
“Unsaved” marks on the live screen disap-
pear X
An audible alarm sounds after 5 minutes of 
radiation time X
Press min key briefly: The audible alarm is 
switched off
Press min key for more than 3 s: The 
radiation time display is reset to zero
X
Iris collimator Open and close X
Slot collimator Open and close, turn in both directions 
until reaching the right/left end stops X
Direct radiography 
(option)
Exposure time can be set between 0.1 and 
4 s. X
All film sizes can be selected, the LED of 
the corresponding key must light up X
An audible alarm sounds throughout the 
exposure time X
22-3Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
22 Maintenance Schedule
22.3 Mechanics
Check the following functions or perform the following maintenance work at the specified time 
intervals:
Pe
rs
on
 
in
 c
ha
rg
e Object Action required
W
he
ne
ve
r 
ne
ce
ss
ar
y
M
on
th
ly
Ye
ar
ly
Tr
ai
ne
d 
pe
rs
on
ne
l
Generator Inspect for physical damage 
(e.g. oil leakage)
X
C-arm stand wheels Clean tread surfaces, cable guards and 
bearings
X
Monitor cart wheels Clean tread surfaces, cable guards and 
bearings
X
Check proper locking of the parking brake X
C-arm Clean gliding surface X
Check retention force of orbital rotation 
brake in all C-arm positions
X
Check C-arm bearing for running noise X
Motorized vertical 
travel
Clean gliding surface of lifting column X
C-arm stand and moni-
tor cart control panels
Inspect foil for damage X
Labels on the unit Check whether all warning and information 
labels are legible
X
A
ut
ho
riz
ed
 s
er
vi
ce
 e
ng
in
ee
r
C-arm stand wheels Readjust or replace brake blocks X
Check firm seat of wheel brackets X
Monitor cart wheels Check firm seat of wheel brackets X
Steering Check mechanical play between steering 
lever and wheels
X
Clamping levers of 
mechanical brakes
Grease thread with Varilub extreme pres-
sure lubricant
X
Motorized vertical 
travel
Grease lifting spindle with Varilub extreme 
pressure lubricant
X
Inspect bearings for damage X
22-4 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Index
A
Alphanumeric keys 15-14, 15-21
B
Board numbers 2-11
C
Can fault line 2-7, 2-8
C-arm stand
Dimensions of Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand
with lower C-arm position 2-41
Dimensions Ziehm 8000 2-40
Dimensions Ziehm Compact 2-44
Dimensions Ziehm Compact Litho 2-44
Dimensions Ziehm Vista 2-38
Weight 2-21
CO2 15-21
Default windowing values 15-21
Filter settings 15-20
Configuration Menu 15-12
Connections
wiring CRT monitors and TFT touch con-
trol 11-7
Wiring of flatscreen monitors 11-8
wiring video documentation and storage
drives 11-9
wiring XP0 11-5
D
DICOM
Settings 15-22
Dimensions
Tolerances of Ziehm 8000 C-arm move-
ments 2-41
Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand 2-40
Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with lower C-arm
position 2-41
Ziehm 8000 Monitor cart with flat-screen
monitors 2-42, 2-43
Ziehm Compact 2-44
Ziehm Compact Litho 2-44
Ziehm Vista C-arm stand 2-38
Ziehm Vista Monitor cart with CRT moni-
tors 2-39
Ziehm Vista Monitor cart with flatscreen
monitors 2-39
Ziehm Vista Workstation monitor cart 2-40
Dose meter
VacuDAP 2002, technical data 2-34
VacuDAP duo, technical data 2-35
VacuDAP, technical data 2-33
E
Edge filter 15-17, 15-18, 15-19, 15-20
Environmental conditions
Operation 2-20
Storage 2-20
Error messages 20-1
Exposcop Studio
Connection notebook to C-arm 18-1
Starting 18-1
User interface 18-3
F
FG2025 4-10
Filter settings
Edge filter 15-17, 15-18, 15-19, 15-20
Recursive filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
Stack filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
Stack filter for continuous pulse 15-18
Stack filter for snapshot 15-18
Windowing step 15-17, 15-18
Flat-screen monitors 2-43
Dimensions of monitor cart Ziehm 8000 2-
42, 2-43
IZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
Flatscreen monitors
Dimensions of monitor cart Ziehm Vista 
2-39
Focal spot position 2-37
I
Image intensifier
block diagram 7-2
parts location 7-1
power supply 7-4
K
Key ‘MENU’ 15-12
Keys
Alphanumeric keys 15-14, 15-21
L
Laser
Laser radiation 2-32
Technical data 2-32
Laser Option 8-13
M
Maintenance schedule
Electrics 22-2
Mechanics 22-4
MENU (key) 15-12
Menus
Configuration Menu 15-12
Mobile stand
block diagram 2-5, 2-6
board numbers 2-11
system overview 2-1
Monitor cart
Dimensions flat-screen monitors Ziehm
8000 2-42, 2-43
Dimensions flatscreen monitors Ziehm
Vista 2-39
Dimensions with CRT monitors Ziehm Vis-
ta 2-39
Dimensions Ziehm Compact 2-44
Dimensions Ziehm Compact Litho 2-44
Dimensions Ziehm Vista Workstation 2-40
VM 4402 monitors 11-2, 11-3, 11-4
Weight 2-21
Motion blurring 15-17
Mounting of the CCD camera 7-10
N
Noise in the image 15-18
Noise suppression 15-17
P
PC Workstation
Technical data 2-20
Power plug
Specification 2-31
Power supply
general description 14-2
view 14-1
R
Recursive filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
S
Service settings 15-12
DICOM settings 15-22
Filter factors 15-15
HEDIS data 15-27
Software update 15-29
Step windowing 15-13
System settings 15-22
Windowing settings for subtraction modes
15-21
Stack filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
For continuous pulse 15-18
For snapshot 15-18
Step windowing
Activating 15-14
II Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
Default windowing step after power-up 15-
18
Defining windowing steps 15-13
SVO 9500 vcr
front view 12-6
T
Technical data 2-19
Generator 2-19
Image intensifier 2-20
Laser 2-32
Monitors 2-20
PC Workstation 2-20
VacuDAP 2002 dose meter 2-34
VacuDAP dose meter 2-33
VacuDAP duo dose meter 2-35
Trafoblech
block diagram 4-4
general description 4-10
view 4-1
U
U515
block diagram 5-2, 6-2
layout plan 5-3
U515 Location of Connectors 5-6, 5-8, 5-10, 
6-5, 6-7
U515 Location of LEDs, Switches and Jump-
ers 5-4, 6-3
UP 960
front view 12-1
rear view 12-2
UP 980
front view 12-2, 12-3
rear view 12-4
Update Procedure 18-28
V
Video documentation
SVO 9500 vcr front view 12-6
UP 960 front view 12-1
UP 960 rear view 12-2
UP 980 front view 12-2, 12-3
UP 980 rear view 12-4
Virtual collimator 9-1
block diagram 9-2
Vision track 9-1
block diagram 9-2
W
Weight
C-arm stand 2-21
Monitor cart 2-21
Windowing
Default values for CO2 15-21
Default values for DSA 15-21
Default values for MSA 15-21
Default values for RSA 15-21
Wiring
CRT monitors and TFT touch control 11-7
Flatscreen monitors 11-8
video documentation and storage drives
11-9
XP0 11-5
X
XP0 Cable 3-1
X-ray generator
block diagram 8-2
overview 8-1
IIIZiehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
 
IV Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
P_26363/CD_28115 - 09/03/2010
	0 Classification Mobile Stand/ Monitor Cart
	Table of Contents
	1 Warnings and Important Information
	1.1 Safety Instructions
	1.2 Warnings
	1.3 Required tests after service
	2 General
	2.1 Mobile Stand System Overview
	2.2 Detailed Overview with U501
	2.3 Detailed Overview with Module 3
	2.4 Overview Ziehm 8000 Mobile Stand
	2.5 Block Diagram with U501
	2.6 Block Diagram with Module 3
	2.7 Power Distribution Overview with U501
	2.8 Power Distribution Overview with Module 3
	2.9 Board Overview with U501
	2.10 Board Overview with Module 3
	2.11 Board Numbers
	2.12 Numbers of CAN Modules with U501
	2.13 Numbers of CAN Modules with Module 3
	2.14 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with U501
	2.15 CAN Bus Distribution in the C-Arm Stand with Module 3
	2.16 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand
	2.17 Video Distribution in the C-Arm Stand
	2.18 Regulation Loops
	2.19 Technical Data
	2.19.1 Ziehm Vista and Ziehm Vista Workstation2.19.2 Ziehm Vista Plus (USA)
	2.19.3 Ziehm 8000, Ziehm Compact and Ziehm Compact with adapter for lithotripter procedures
	2.19.4 General technical data
	2.19.4.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 100 V, 120 V, 200 V
	2.19.4.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 220 V, 230 V, 240 V
	2.19.5 Power plug specification
	2.19.5.1 Systems with a voltage rating of 120 V
	2.19.5.2 Systems with a voltage rating of 230 V
	2.19.6 Laser positioning device
	2.19.7 Dose meter
	2.19.7.1 VacuDAP
	2.19.7.2 VacuDAP 2002
	2.19.7.3 VacuDAP duo
	2.19.8 Air kerma
	2.19.9 Focal spot position
	2.19.10 Dimensions
	3 Mobile Stand Connections
	3.1 XP0 Cable
	3.1.1 Connectors
	3.1.2 Wiring
	3.2 C-Arm Wiring Diagram
	3.3 CAN Connector
	3.4 Grounds Overview
	3.5 Hand Switch & CAN Bus Interface Wiring
	3.6 Foot Switch Wiring
	3.7 Four-Pedal Foot Switch
	3.8 Module 1
	3.8.1 Main connector
	3.8.2 U333 connectors
	3.9 Module 2
	3.9.1 Connector X60
	3.9.2 Connector X81
	3.9.3 Connector X62
	3.9.4 Connector X83
	3.9.5 Connector X84
	3.9.6 Connectors X70, X71, X72, X73
	3.9.7 Connector X74
	3.10 Module 3 / U501
	3.10.1 U180 connector X17 / U501 connector X17
	3.10.2 U180 connector X9 / U501 connector X9
	3.10.3 U180 connector X5
	3.10.4 U180 connector X12 / U501 connector X12
	3.10.5 U321 connectors X7, X3 / U501 connectors X7, X3
	3.11 Module 4
	3.11.1 Link connector C-arm - i.i. housing
	3.11.2 U316 connector X9
	3.11.3 U316 connector X11
	3.12 Module 5
	3.12.1 Signals and voltages on U185 generator filter
	4 Power Supply
	4.1 Trafoblech View
	4.2 Module 1 Assembly
	4.3 Block Diagram
	4.4 U333 Board versions
	4.5 Wiring Diagram with U333f
	4.6 Wiring Diagram with U333g
	4.7 Functional Diagram with U333f
	4.8 Functional Diagram with U333g
	4.9 Circuit Description
	4.9.1 Power-up circuit
	4.9.2 Output switching circuit
	4.9.3 Lifting motor control circuit
	4.10 U333
	4.10.1 U333f
	4.10.1.1 U333f board view
	4.10.1.2 U333f board layout
	4.10.1.3 U333f schematic power ON/OFF
	4.10.1.4 U333f schematic lift motor control
	4.10.1.5 U333f schematic power switching
	4.10.1.6 U333f schematic BG1 & BG2
	4.10.2 U333g
	4.10.2.1 U333g board view
	4.10.2.2 U333g board layout
	4.10.2.3 U333g schematic power ON/OFF
	4.10.2.4 U333g schematic lift motor control
	4.10.2.5 U333g schematic power switching
	4.10.2.6 U333g schematic BG1 & BG2
	4.10.3 U333 jumper settings
	4.11 U80 (Horn)
	4.11.1 U80 schematic
	4.12 U468 (BG1)
	4.12.1 U468 layout
	4.12.2 U468 schematic
	4.13 U437 (VacuDAP Connection)
	4.13.1 U437 schematic
	4.13.2 U437 function
	4.14 U424 (BG2, Pump Switching)
	4.14.1 U424 schematic
	4.14.2 U424 function
	4.15 Module 1 Fuses
	4.15.1 Transformer fuses
	4.15.2 Fuses on U333
	4.15.3 Fuses on chassis
	5 Module 2
	5.1 Module 2 19" Rack Description
	5.1.1 General
	5.1.2 Module view
	5.2 Module 2 Overview
	5.3 Module 2 Inputs and Outputs
	5.4 Block Diagrams
	5.4.1 U325 block diagram
	5.4.2 U325 functional description
	5.4.3 U326 block diagram
	5.4.4 U326 functional description
	5.4.5 U328 block diagram
	5.4.6 U328 functional description
	5.4.7 U334 block diagram
	5.4.8 U334 functional description
	5.5 U325 and U326 Front Panels
	5.6 Exchange of boards
	5.6.1 Exchange of U325
	5.6.2 Exchange of U326
	5.7 Hardware Radiation Logic
	5.8 U326 Schematic Diagrams
	5.8.1 U326 schematics 1
	5.8.2 U326 schematics 2
	5.8.3 U326 schematics 3
	5.8.4 U326 schematics 4
	5.8.5 U325 schematics 1
	5.8.6 U325 schematics 2
	5.8.7 U325 schematics 3
	5.8.8 U325 schematics 4
	5.8.9 U325 schematics 5
	5.8.10 U325 schematics 6
	5.8.11 U325 schematics 7
	5.9 U501 Video Processing Board
	5.9.1 U501 Block Diagram
	5.9.2 Connectors on the front cover
	5.9.3 LEDs on the front cover
	6 Module 3
	6.1 Module 3 Memory Unit
	6.1.1 General
	6.1.2 Module 3 view
	6.2 Module 3 Overview
	6.3 Block Diagrams
	6.3.1 U180 block diagram
	6.3.2 U180 functional description
	6.3.3 U321 block diagram
	6.3.4 U321 functional description
	6.3.5 Module 3 wiring diagram
	6.4 Exchange of Module 3
	7 Image Intensifier
	7.1 Parts Location
	7.2 Block Diagram
	7.2.1 Functional description
	7.3 I.I. power supply overview
	7.3.1 General
	7.3.2 Main parts and their functions
	7.4 Hardware description
	7.4.1 PCBs
	7.4.2 U316 LEDs
	7.4.3 U316 connectors
	7.4.4 Connectors cascade
	7.4.4.1 Connectors cascade location
	7.4.5 U316 schematics
	7.4.5.1 U316 schematics part 1
	7.4.5.2 U316 schematics part 2
	7.5 Adjustments
	7.5.1 Potentiometer location
	7.6 CCD Camera
	7.6.1 General description
	7.6.2 Setting the CCD camera distance
	7.6.3 Scattered light lens
	7.6.4 Changing the camera
	7.6.4.1 Removing the camera
	7.6.5 Installing the CCD camera
	7.6.6 Adjustment of the optical focus
	7.6.7 Adjustment instruction for 23 cm and 30 cm tube
	7.6.8 Size and resolution requirements
	7.6.8.1 Without patient equivalent filter
	7.6.8.2 With patient equivalent filter 25 mm Al
	8 Generator
	8.1 Overview
	8.2 Block Diagrams
	8.2.1 Generator block diagram
	8.2.2 Generator detailed block diagram
	8.3 Interface Generator - C-Arm Stand
	8.4 Block Diagram Generator - Module 1 / Module 2
	8.5 General PCBs
	8.6 Checklist for the Generator
	8.6.1 U185 test point location
	8.6.2 U185 schematics
	8.6.3 U185 board layout
	8.7 Measuring kV and mA
	8.8 Laser (option)
	8.8.1 Generator with laser
	8.8.2 Image intensifier with laser
	8.8.3 Laser block diagram
	8.8.4 U160 laser control board
	9 Virtual Collimator
	9.1 Virtual Collimator View
	9.2 Block Diagram
	9.3 U517d
	9.3.1 U517d location of connectors, switches and LEDs
	9.3.2 Switches
	9.3.2.1 DIP switch factory setting
	9.3.3 LEDs
	9.3.4 Connectors
	9.4 Changing the Collimator
	9.4.1 Part exchange
	9.4.2 Mechanical centering
	9.4.3 Collimator size adjustment
	9.4.4 Preview size adjustment
	10 Keyboards on Mobile Stand and Monitor Cart
	10.1 Keyboard of Mobile Stand
	10.1.1 MST keyboard view
	10.1.2 U400 connections
	10.1.3 U400 block diagram
	10.2 Keyboard of Monitor Cart
	10.2.1 MC keyboard view
	10.2.2 U370 connections
	11 Monitor Cart General and Wiring
	11.1 General
	11.1.1 Monitor cart with 18.1" flatscreen monitors
	11.1.2 Monitor cart with 24’’ split screen monitor
	11.1.3 Monitor cart with 23’’ split screen monitor
	11.1.4 Monitor cart with CRT monitors
	11.2 Monitor Cart Wiring
	11.2.1 Wiring of flatscreen monitors
	11.2.2 Wiring of flatscreen monitors and PC
	11.2.3 Wiring of CRT monitors
	11.2.4 Wiring of external X-ray indicator and remote (options)
	11.2.5 U385 wiring
	11.3 Yellow RJ45 network cables
	12 Video Documentation
	12.1 UP 960
	12.1.1 Front view
	12.1.2 Rear view
	12.2 UP 980
	12.2.1 Front view
	12.2.2 Rear view
	12.2.3 UP 980 configuration
	12.3 VCR
	12.3.1 VCR wiring standard
	12.3.2 U411 VCR interface
	13 Monitors
	13.1 18.1" Flatscreen Monitors
	13.1.1 Description
	13.1.2 Technical data
	13.1.3 Switches
	13.1.4 Connectors
	13.1.5 On-screen display
	13.1.5.1 Locking and unlocking the on-screen display
	13.1.5.2 Restoring the factory settings
	14 Power Supply
	14.1 View of Power Supply
	14.2 General Description
	14.3 Main Components of Power Module 10
	14.4 Module 10 Block Diagram
	14.5 Module 10 Power Distribution Wiring Diagram
	14.5.1 Wiring with transformer 11090 (105 V - 240 V)
	14.5.2 Wiring with transformer 11091 (200 V - 240 V)
	14.6 Connectors
	14.6.1 Mains input
	14.6.2 Insulated XP0 PCB outlet
	14.6.3 Internal mains distribution
	14.6.4 On/Off connections
	14.7 Fuses
	14.8 U357 schematics
	14.8.1 Power-on logic
	14.8.2 U357 schematic power distribution
	14.9 Module 10 Transformers
	14.9.1 Transformer 11090 105 V - 240 V
	14.9.2 Transformer 11091 200 V - 240 V
	14.9.3 Mains transformer thermo fuse
	15 Image Memory System V2 1/2k
	15.1 Features
	15.2 Barebone Front view Step 1
	15.3 Barebone Front view Step 2
	15.4 Complete Front View Step 1
	15.5 Complete Front View Step 2
	15.6 Side View
	15.7 Barebone Inside View Step 1
	15.8 Barebone Inside View Step 2
	15.9 Complete Inside View Step 1
	15.10 Complete Inside View Step 2
	15.11 Image Memory Service Settings
	15.11.1 Overview
	15.11.2Service settings
	15.11.3 Step windowing
	15.11.4 Filter factors
	15.11.4.1 Filters for anatomical programs
	15.11.4.2 Filters for subtraction modes
	15.11.4.3 Filters for subtraction modes with CO2
	15.11.5 Windowing settings for subtraction modes
	15.11.6 DICOM settings
	15.11.7 System settings
	15.11.8 Monitor calibration
	15.11.9 HEDIS data
	15.11.10 Software update
	15.12 Displaying Additional Information
	16 DICOM Configuration Manual
	16.1 DICOM Overview
	16.2 DICOM and Network Parameters
	16.3 DICOM Configuration
	16.3.1 Configuration of Storage and Storage Commitment
	16.3.2 Configuration of Media Storage
	16.3.3 Configuration of DICOM Query/Retrieve
	16.3.4 Configuration of Worklist and MPPS
	16.3.5 Configuration of the print servers
	16.3.6 Test of the configuration with DICOM Verification (Echo)
	17 DICOM Conformance Statement
	18 Software Tools
	18.1 Exposcop Studio
	18.1.1 Connection between notebook and C-arm
	18.1.1.1 Location of the service connectors
	18.1.2 Starting Exposcop Studio
	18.1.3 Exposcop Studio user interface
	18.1.3.1 Main window
	18.1.3.2 Virtual keyboard
	18.1.3.3 Status line
	18.1.3.4 Workspace
	18.1.4 Menu bar of Exposcop Studio software
	18.1.4.1 Exposcop
	18.1.4.2 “Workspace”
	18.1.4.3 “Settings”
	18.1.5 “General” tab
	18.1.6 “Adjustment” tab
	18.1.7 “Generator” tab
	18.1.8 “Update” tab
	18.1.9 “Options” tab
	18.1.9.1 Option bits
	18.1.9.2 Temperature mode setup
	18.1.9.3 Hand and foot switch assignment
	18.1.10 “Startup Config” tab
	18.1.11 “kVmA Tab” tab
	18.1.12 “Errors” tab
	18.1.13 “Times” tab
	18.1.14 “DAP” tab
	18.1.15 “CAN” tab
	18.1.16 Installation directory
	18.1.17 Update procedure
	18.1.18 Offline mode
	18.1.18.1 Floppy disks for software update
	18.1.18.2 Options - switch assignment
	18.1.19 Problem correction
	18.2 Integrated Service Functions
	18.2.1 General
	18.2.2 Entering and exiting the Service mode
	18.2.3 Important keys
	18.2.4 Service programs
	18.2.4.1 Program 0 (software version)
	18.2.4.2 Program 1 (iris collimator size for format 24 cm)
	18.2.4.3 Program 2 (iris collimator size for format 30 cm)
	18.2.4.4 Program 3 (iris collimator size for 40 cm format)
	18.2.4.5 Program 4 (iris collimator size for i.i. format)
	18.2.4.6 Program 5 (iris collimator size for magnification 1)
	18.2.4.7 Program 6 (iris collimator size for magnification 2)
	18.2.4.8 Program 7 (startup key adjustment)
	18.2.4.9 Program 8 (program the startup key adjustment)
	18.2.4.10 Program 9 (adjust filter codes without magnifier)
	18.2.4.11 Program 10 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 1)
	18.2.4.12 Program 11 (adjust filter codes with magnifier 2)
	18.2.4.13 Program 12 (disable or enable radiography mode)
	18.2.4.14 Program 13 (disable or enable autotransfer)
	18.2.4.15 Program 14 (show fluoroscopy program kV/mA curve)
	18.2.4.16 Program 15 (show fluoroscopy program table CCD)
	18.2.4.17 Program 16 (select crosshair Compact)
	19 Adjustment Instructions
	19.1 Dose & Video Adjustment
	19.1.1 Dose Adjustment
	19.1.1.1 Dose adjustment parameters
	19.1.1.2 Dose adjustment procedure
	19.1.1.3 Special cases for dose adjustment
	19.1.2 Video Adjustment
	19.1.2.1 Video adjustment parameters
	19.1.2.2 Video adjustment procedure
	19.1.3 Exposcop Studio Dialog for Dose Adjustment
	19.1.4 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
	19.1.5 kV/mA Values for Ziehm Vista Plus
	19.1.6 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000
	19.1.7 Dose Tables for Ziehm Vista Plus
	19.1.8 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 31/23cm
	19.1.9 Ziehm Vista / Ziehm 8000 Organ Tables 17/15/11 cm
	19.1.10 Ziehm Vista Plus Organ Tables
	19.2 Default Values
	19.2.1 Measuring Circle Sizes
	19.2.2 Measuring Circle Sizes Vista Plus
	19.2.3 Monitor Cart Settings
	19.2.3.1 Step windowing levels
	19.2.3.2 DSA windowing values
	19.2.3.3 Filter factors non interlaced
	19.2.3.4 Filter factors interlaced
	19.2.3.5 Filter factors Vista Plus
	20 Error Messages & Fault Finding
	20.1 General
	20.2 Startup phase
	20.2.1 WARNINGS
	20.2.2 ERRORS
	20.3 Runtime
	20.3.1 WARNINGS
	20.3.2 ERRORS
	20.4 List of ERRORS and WARNINGS
	20.4.1 Module 2
	20.4.2 Module 15
	20.4.3 Module 3 / U501
	20.4.4 Module 11
	20.5 Fuse List
	20.5.1 Module 1
	20.5.2 Module 3
	20.5.3 Module 10
	20.6 Fault finding
	20.6.1 Power faults
	20.6.2 Module 2 errors
	20.6.3 Module 15 errors (virtual collimator and dose meter)
	20.6.4 Module 3 errors
	20.6.5 U501 errors
	20.6.6 Module 11 errors (image memory)
	20.6.7 Module 6 errors (keyboard)
	20.6.8 Radiation errors
	21 Active Cooling System
	21.1 Active Cooling System
	21.1.1 Initiation of the cooling system
	21.1.1.1 General
	21.1.1.2 Starting the pump manually
	21.1.1.3 Filling the tank with coolant
	21.1.1.4 Filling the pump with coolant
	21.1.1.5 Checking the circulation
	21.1.2 Draining the cooling system
	22 Maintenance Schedule
	22.1 General requirements
	22.2 Electrics
	22.3 Mechanics
	Index
	A
	Alphanumeric keys 15-14, 15-21
	B
	Board numbers 2-11
	C
	Can fault line 2-7, 2-8
	C-arm stand
	Dimensions of Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with lower C-arm position 2-41
	Dimensions Ziehm 8000 2-40
	Dimensions Ziehm Compact 2-44
	Dimensions Ziehm Compact Litho 2-44
	Dimensions Ziehm Vista 2-38
	Weight 2-21
	CO2 15-21
	Default windowing values 15-21
	Filter settings 15-20
	Configuration Menu 15-12
	Connections
	wiring CRT monitors and TFT touch control 11-7
	Wiring of flatscreen monitors 11-8
	wiring video documentation and storage drives 11-9
	wiring XP0 11-5
	D
	DICOM
	Settings 15-22
	Dimensions
	Tolerances of Ziehm 8000 C-arm movements 2-41
	Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand 2-40
	Ziehm 8000 C-arm stand with lower C-arm position 2-41
	Ziehm 8000 Monitor cart with flat-screen monitors 2-42, 2-43
	Ziehm Compact 2-44
	Ziehm Compact Litho 2-44
	Ziehm Vista C-arm stand 2-38
	Ziehm Vista Monitor cart with CRT monitors 2-39
	Ziehm Vista Monitor cart with flatscreen monitors 2-39
	Ziehm Vista Workstation monitor cart 2-40
	Dose meter
	VacuDAP 2002, technical data 2-34
	VacuDAP duo, technical data 2-35
	VacuDAP, technical data 2-33
	E
	Edge filter 15-17, 15-18, 15-19, 15-20
	Environmental conditions
	Operation 2-20
	Storage 2-20
	Error messages 20-1
	Exposcop Studio
	Connection notebook to C-arm 18-1
	Starting 18-1
	User interface 18-3
	F
	FG2025 4-10
	Filter settings
	Edge filter 15-17, 15-18, 15-19, 15-20
	Recursive filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
	Stack filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
	Stack filter for continuous pulse 15-18
	Stack filter for snapshot 15-18
	Windowing step 15-17, 15-18
	Flat-screen monitors 2-43
	Dimensions of monitor cart Ziehm 8000 2- 42, 2-43
	Flatscreen monitors
	Dimensions of monitor cart Ziehm Vista 2-39
	Focal spot position 2-37
	I
	Image intensifier
	block diagram 7-2
	parts location 7-1
	power supply 7-4
	K
	Key ‘MENU’ 15-12
	Keys
	Alphanumeric keys 15-14, 15-21
	L
	Laser
	Laser radiation 2-32
	Technical data 2-32
	Laser Option 8-13
	M
	Maintenance schedule
	Electrics 22-2
	Mechanics 22-4
	MENU (key) 15-12
	Menus
	Configuration Menu 15-12
	Mobile stand
	block diagram 2-5, 2-6
	board numbers 2-11
	system overview 2-1
	Monitor cart
	Dimensions flat-screen monitors Ziehm 8000 2-42, 2-43
	Dimensions flatscreen monitors Ziehm Vista 2-39
	Dimensions with CRT monitors Ziehm Vista 2-39
	Dimensions Ziehm Compact 2-44
	Dimensions Ziehm Compact Litho 2-44
	Dimensions Ziehm Vista Workstation 2-40
	VM 4402 monitors 11-2, 11-3, 11-4
	Weight 2-21
	Motion blurring 15-17
	Mounting of the CCD camera 7-10
	N
	Noise in the image 15-18
	Noise suppression 15-17
	P
	PC Workstation
	Technical data 2-20
	Power plug
	Specification 2-31
	Power supply
	general description 14-2
	view 14-1
	R
	Recursive filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
	S
	Service settings 15-12
	DICOM settings 15-22
	Filter factors 15-15
	HEDIS data 15-27
	Software update 15-29
	Step windowing 15-13
	System settings 15-22
	Windowing settings for subtraction modes 15-21
	Stack filter 15-17, 15-19, 15-20
	For continuous pulse 15-18
	For snapshot 15-18
	Step windowing
	Activating 15-14
	Default windowing step after power-up15- 18
	Defining windowing steps 15-13
	SVO 9500 vcr
	front view 12-6
	T
	Technical data 2-19
	Generator 2-19
	Image intensifier 2-20
	Laser 2-32
	Monitors 2-20
	PC Workstation 2-20
	VacuDAP 2002 dose meter 2-34
	VacuDAP dose meter 2-33
	VacuDAP duo dose meter 2-35
	Trafoblech
	block diagram 4-4
	general description 4-10
	view 4-1
	U
	U515
	block diagram 5-2, 6-2
	layout plan 5-3
	U515 Location of Connectors 5-6, 5-8, 5-10, 6-5, 6-7
	U515 Location of LEDs, Switches and Jumpers 5-4, 6-3
	UP 960
	front view 12-1
	rear view 12-2
	UP 980
	front view 12-2, 12-3
	rear view 12-4
	Update Procedure 18-28
	V
	Video documentation
	SVO 9500 vcr front view 12-6
	UP 960 front view 12-1
	UP 960 rear view 12-2
	UP 980 front view 12-2, 12-3
	UP 980 rear view 12-4
	Virtual collimator 9-1
	block diagram 9-2
	Vision track 9-1
	block diagram 9-2
	W
	Weight
	C-arm stand 2-21
	Monitor cart 2-21
	Windowing
	Default values for CO2 15-21
	Default values for DSA 15-21
	Default values for MSA 15-21
	Default values for RSA 15-21
	Wiring
	CRT monitors and TFT touch control 11-7
	Flatscreen monitors 11-8
	video documentation and storage drives 11-9
	XP0 11-5
	X
	XP0 Cable 3-1
	X-ray generator
	block diagram 8-2
	overview 8-1